Category: EXPLOSIVE GROWTH ACADEMY

  • 09/04/2026 – The Agency Blueprint Workshop Day 3

    So good morning, good afternoon or good evening wherever you are listening into in the world. And a huge welcome back to our last day together team. Can you believe it? Our last day together. Give me a me in the chat by the way if this event has absolutely flown by. By the way, give me a little me in the chat if this has absolutely flown by. Yeah, honestly team, every single time I run this event, I always find it it it’s both things at the same time. It feels like it’s gone really quickly, but but also kind of feels like we’ve been here for like a month. Anyone else kind of get that? Give me a one in the chat if you get that as well. Beautiful. So, team, welcome back to day number three, our last day together where we’re going to round off the remainder of the system. We’re going to be covering the three things that going to stop you in your tracks in this business. We’re going to go through how you do deliver this business to clients and then how you can start to run this like a business. So, it means you can have 10 times the amount of clients. It doesn’t take 10 times the amount of time. Give me a 10 in the chat if we like the sound of that. being able to get 10 times the amount of clients and revenue without it meaning it’s 10 times the amount of time. Bit of a tongue twister. 10 times the amount of time. Beautiful. Now, before we do get going here today, look, again, I told you I I’m not going to say your names out loud. Don’t worry. You can sit and relax. cuz I know that some of you had a mild panic attack. But team, I just want to extend a personal congratulations to all of you that have joined on either the blueprint, the accelerator, or the partnership level. Give a massive give them a number two in the chat as a big congratulations to everyone there team. Absolutely amazing. In fact, I have been told as well, it looks like we’ve already already had one person join us on the partnership level, which is so exciting. Let’s go and earn some money together. Now, if you haven’t had your call, cuz there’s always people in the chat that go, “No one’s called me yet.” Don’t worry, it is coming. Just keep your phone on you. And reminder, you will not miss anything. If your call is during one of the sessions, you have a full recording of this event. Do not worry about that team. Give me a number six in the chat if that makes sense.

    Beautiful. Now, in this session here, team, what I want to focus on is making sure you do something with this event. I know that sounds crazy, but no, no, my job is to make sure you do something with this event. In fact, let me get my screen full screen here. One second. There we are. Even better. We get it. Let’s get it full screen. That’s a little bit better, isn’t it? My job is to make sure you do something with the event team. And what I want to focus on in this session here are the three things that hold every single person back that are going to stop you in your tracks. Because ultimately, team, yesterday we learned that our beliefs drive our feelings, which drive our actions. But the number one feeling that holds us back is and always will be fear. Team, give me an F in the chat. If we can agree on that, fear is the number one thing that holds us back. But the funny thing is, team, fear is really sneaky. Fear actually shows up in three main ways. Now, the first one is the obvious one. We know this one. It’s the outright panic. The heart beats faster. The palms get sweaty, the knees get a little bit shaky. We know that feeling of fear. But the second one is excuse making and delay tactics. Oh, Sam, this is absolutely perfect. It’s exactly what I’ve been looking for. It’s just not the right time at the moment. Yeah. Do you know what? It’s absolutely perfect. I’m just really, really busy. I’m just super busy at the moment. I I don’t think I’ve got the time to do it. Now, here’s the thing, team. They sound logical, but they’re not. It’s not the right time. It sounds logical, team. It’s not. It’s emotionally driven by fear. I If you think now’s not the right time, let me know in the chat. When is the right time? Ask your brain that question. If it says it’s not the right time at the moment, just say to yourself, when will the right time? It will go, I don’t know. Actually, I don’t know. I’m just super busy at the moment, team. In the history of the world, if you’re busy now, in 6 months, you’re more busy. There’s just excuse making and delay tactics. And what we’re doing is our brain is desperately trying to stop us leaving our comfort zone. So, we come up with all of these reasons why we can’t do it. And then the last one, team, is the sneakiest one. It’s resistance to any change team. We don’t like change as humans, do we? Finish my sentence. Better the devil you know than the one you

    don’t. Says who? Says who? It’s the incredible thing is that we all resist change. Look, there are three things on this planet no human being can escape. Death, taxes, and change. It’s the three constants we all agree on. We’re all going to die. You’ve all got to pay taxes and things are going to change. But we don’t want things to change, do we? And this is the irony of human beings. Give me a one in the chat. If you have anything, someone or something in your life that you love right now, give me a one in the chat. If you have something or someone that you love.

    Yeah. How did you get that team? It was a result of change. But then what we say is no no but that’s enough change. That that’s enough change. It’s weird isn’t it team? But look the reality is team fear it’s not real. It’s a magic trick. It is literally an emotion we produce to try and avoid future perceived pain. It’s not based on anything real. Anything that’s happening right now that will harm you team. That is madness. That danger is real. Fear is a choice. We are literally avoiding something that might hurt us in the future but probably won’t. Team, that’s madness. And look, the best soap opera in the world, you know those crazy soap operas, team, the best soap opera in the world, it’s in our heads, isn’t it? But there’s a reason why it feels so strong. No look team I if I were to ask you as an example what is the meaning of life what’s the meaning of life you’d all give me a different answer philosophically speaking now team if we were to look at this on a base science level anthropologically speaking i.e. Look the study of human beings. There is only one meaning of life. It is called the S and R principle. It is to survive and replicate. That’s it. Now, as human beings, we’ve grown to a level of conscious consciousness to add meaning to life. But every single living species on this planet team, we are here for two purposes. Number one, to survive. Number two, to replicate. If we cannot survive, we go extinct. If we cannot replicate, we go extinct. And built into that survive hardwired in your DNA team is a need to avoid danger. It’s encoded in your DNA. 10,000 years ago, that little voice in the back of your head said, “Maybe you shouldn’t walk into that dark cave alone. You might die.” Now, here’s the thing, team. We have grown to a level of society where every moment of life is no longer a struggle for life and death. Ask yourself a question, team. When’s the last time you were in true, and I mean true life and death danger.

    For some people on this call, it’s never. And even if it was recent, even if it was been a couple of times, team, it wasn’t every moment of every day, was it? 10,000 years ago, if you didn’t catch something to eat or pick something to eat, you couldn’t nip down your local grocery store, you might die. No look that level that fear that holds us within that security there we where we want to survive that level of danger team we don’t have that danger in our lives anymore. Well that base instinct to protect us doesn’t just disappear. No we’ve got rid of danger but that feeling that was danger 10,000 years ago team that’s just now fear. That is why for so many of us team if I asked you to confront your biggest fear even if it was no life and death danger it would feel like life and death as an example team maybe some of you your biggest fear is public speaking

    if I asked you to present in front of 500 people it would feel like it’s life and death wouldn’t it that there is no danger here that is Why that feeling of fear is so powerful sometimes. Does that make sense by the way team? Give me a yes in the chat if that makes sense

    cuz the f I give you a great example. The first time I met my mother-in-law, she’s a very wise woman. We just chatting and she just said something to me stuck with me forever. She said, “You know what Sam, you’ve been through a lot in life. Some of it actually happened.” It’s so true, isn’t it? And that’s the reason why kids are so damn happy team. They don’t have a file in their brain that’s called everything that could go wrong. And they’re living in the now. They don’t let fear hold them. They let danger stop them. They don’t let fear hold them. Cuz ultimately team, look, the mastery of fear isn’t the absence of it. It’s understanding it and controlling it.

    And what we need to do team is we need to understand the journey that fear plays and the journey that we’re going to go through because I can promise you it’s not what you think. Now, every single journey starts inside of our comfort zone. Give me a C in the chat if we can all agree. Every journey to get everything you’ve ever wanted starts in our comfort zone. I’m going to start here in the comfort zone. got everything you want team everything starts in a comfort zone and everything you want in life is outside your comfort zone the reason they call it your comfort zone not your wow life is amazing zone but in order to battle fear we need to understand the journey of it now I was sat thinking what’s the best way that I can teach this cuz it kind of feels sometimes doesn’t it team from where you are now to get everything you’ve ever wanted in life and business it Almost feels like climbing a mountain, doesn’t it? Give me an M in the chat. If it it literally feels like climbing a mountain, doesn’t it? So, I sat and thought, what’s the best way if it feels like climbing a mountain, how can I teach this? Well, the best way to teach us is to tell your team about the time I climbed a mountain. You see, one of my biggest fears on the planet is like falling off a ledge, like off a building, off a cliff, off the side of a really high railing. Anyone else have that? Give me a me in the chat. Anyone else have that?

    Yeah. My biggest fear, my number two fear, by the way, is open water. It’s called fasilophobia. I hate swimming in the ocean when I can’t see the bottom. Uh-uh. I’m not doing it. Don’t tell me there’s not a megalodon down there. We know more about the surface of the moon than we do the ocean. But there I am, team. I’ve worked with Chris, sorted out my business. We’re going to cover that today. It’s an amazing session. Team, I’ve got over this kind of having to work long hours and I was like, you know what? I want to go and travel the world a bit more. Give me a tea in the chat. Who wants to travel the world when they’ve got a business where they can run it from their phone and laptop? By the way, yeah, I’d already done Southeast Asia. I was like, you know what? I really want to go to South America. I want to go to South America. So, I decided to plan a 3 and 1/2 month trip there. So, I’m going to do it. Now, look, here’s the thing, team. My idea of an adventure, my idea of an adventure is this is what I wanted to do. I wanted to book a one-way ticket from London to Buenosirus, book one night in a hotel and work it out from there. Anyone else think that’s an adventure? Give me a one in the chat if that’s an adventure for you, by the way. And give me a two in the chat if you just had a mild panic attack. Yeah. So, team, look, the person I went there with was a massive planner, huge planner. It’s all about compromise, right? So, I remember, you know, I was like, “Okay, we’ll do a bit of planning.” just sat there at my laptop one day just typing away and they went do you know what we should do and I was like what we should do the 4-day Inca trail to Machu Picchu and I was like okay well I’ve heard of Machu Picchu what’s the Inca trail oh it’s amazing it is hiking up a mountain for 4 days to get to Machu Picchu

    Now, here’s the thing, team. One of my biggest fears in the world is falling off a mountain. And I’ve just been presented with hiking a mountain. Fear instantly kicked in. And I remember going, “Oh, oh my god.” And I was like, “Brain, you need to help me out here. Come on, brain.” Ah, well, well, don’t then you need to like acclimatize cuz it’s quite high up. Yeah, you need to acclimatize. They recommend a minimum 5 days before, 5 days after. I was like, “Oh, well, I mean, that’s what including, you know, the four days of the I mean, that’s 19 days. That’s a big chunk of time, right?” Oh, don’t worry. I’ve already checked. There’s loads of other things you can do which are just as amazing.

    Good answer. Come on, brain. Ah, well, if there’s so many amazing things to do, why rush it? Let’s Why would you skip it this trip? Come back. Spend a couple months there. Good job, brain. Actually, I just looked at the Peruvian government’s website. Matthew Pichu is subsiding quite substantially. They could be doing work at any moment. Might shut indefinitely for a very long time.

    Good answer. And team, to my eternal shame, I pulled out my phone and I Googled how many people have died on the Inca trail? None. Damn it. What kicked in, team? What kicked in? instantly fear the excuse making, the delay taxes, and I caught myself and I said, “Book it.” And they were like, “Great. It’s a $100 deposit each.” I went, “Nope. Here’s my American Express. Pay the whole damn thing off.” Why didn’t I just do a $200 deposit, team? I don’t mind losing $200. If I’d have only put $200 in, minimal skin in the game, I would have just quit. I mind losing $4,000. Does that make sense, team? Give me a four in the chat if that makes sense. You got to have a bit of hurt money in there. It’s a rule of thumb. You want to take something seriously, spend more money on it. I do this in all walks of life. If I want to get fit and healthy, I buy the most expensive supplements I can. I buy the most expensive gym outfits I can. And I hire a personal trainer because you know what? Now I’ve invested that much money, I’m going to take it that seriously, aren’t I team? Does that make sense? So there I was. I was like, “Wow, good job, Sam. You’ve overcome fear. Congratulations.” There I am. I’m in Cusco. And we start the walk, walking along on day one. As they say, all the gear, no idea. And I walk along and I turn around a corner and team the path winds up and then drops off the face of the planet. And I go, “Can someone take a couple of photos of me?” I hate photos. I re I hate photos. I do. I hate photos. What was I doing? Again, an a delay tactic, an excuse making. And I tell you the funny thing as well. I if I was on my own, I promise you to my to my very I would have turned around. I would have turned around. But here’s the thing, team. the night before. The night before he had to go for a safety briefing with like, you know, like the the the Peruvian Sherpers. And we went there the night before and there’s the two of us and eight strangers. It’s a group of 10. And we were just sat there chatting, you know, people from all over the world, people flown in from America, from Europe, from India, spent their life savings on this magical trip. And we’re just sat there chatting. And all of a sudden the door boom slams open and we’re like, “What was that?” And our little 5 foot1 Peruvian sherper comes swaggering over like John Wayne and just stands there in absolute silence for about 20 seconds as we all kind of stare at him like and he looked at us and he said we are now a team. All of us make it to Machu Picchu or none of us make it to Machu Picchu. And I went, you son of a Oh, that’s brilliant. What had he done team? He made me accountable cuz if I quit now, it’s not about me anymore, is it? There’s other people that are affected. And for you and your journey team, fear is going to show up twice. The first fear, by the way, probably already shown up. The first fear has shown up because the first fear is, am I actually going to make the decision? Am I going to do this? You’re probably going through that fear right now. Am I going to build this business? Everything about you in here is saying yes. And this kicks in. It’s the battle between the head and the heart, right? The heart goes, “This is everything I’ve been looking for.” And the head starts going, “Yeah, but what if this happens? What if this happens? What if this happens?” Team, it’s a myth. It’s a lie. Your brain trying to drag you back down to your comfort zone here.

    Yes is an acceptable answer. No is an acceptable answer. Maybe is not. You’ve got to get off this fence of maybe team. Yes, great. No, great. Maybe not good enough. If we’re saying to ourselves maybe, have the courage to say no. Stop kidding ourselves. Stop lying to ourselves. have the courage to say, “Yeah, I’m not going to do it.” Or have the courage to say, “Yeah, I’m going to do it.” And then fear kicks in the second time, team, when you start taking action. You’re going to procrastinate. You’re going to have delayed tactics. You just got to keep pushing through it, team. Give me a one in the chat if that makes sense.

    Now, the next step after that, team is the overwhelm and the confusion. This is a nasty, horrible, insidious, disgusting trick your brain plays on you. And pay attention if this has happened to you before. Because where the overwhelming confusion kicked in for me, team was the start of day two. I was like, well, I’m committed now. I’ve done a day of hiking. I literally cannot go back. The only way I’m getting back is them airlifting me out of here, and I don’t want to do that. It’s embarrassing. And I remember the next morning I’m trying to pack my bag and I’m just getting like frustrated. I’m like just why is why does everything not go back in. I I’ve taken it out. I haven’t added anything. But for some reason my bag’s overflowing. Oh my god. So annoying. I was just getting annoyed. I was everything was overwhelming. I literally sat down. They were like, “Oh, do you want a tea or coffee?” I was like, “Can I just have a minute, please? Jesus. Oh my. Give me a minute. Just need to gather my thoughts here. I’m sorry. Sorry, I don’t mean to be rude, but I And I remember team, we were walking along. We left and it was like half hour into the hike and I was like, “Oh my god, stop. Stop. Everyone stop. Everyone has to stop right now. We need to go back. I need to go back. I need to go back to camp.” The sherper come up to me. I was like, “What’s wrong?” I was like, “I left my sunglasses. I need them. They’re like super expensive. I bought them specifically for this trip. They’re like loop around the ear so they don’t fall off. I I I need to go back.” And he went, “Okay, it’s fine. I’ll send one of the guides. Can you use your other glasses in the meantime?” I went, “What do you mean? I only have one pair of sunglasses.” And he went,

    “You’re wearing them.” And I went,

    “Team, it’s the most embarrassing thing that’s ever happened to me.” And the reason I bring this up, team, is because when you’ve pushed past fear twice, you’re not done. What happens then team is your brain purposely overwhelms you, purposely confuses you. And the reason for it, team, is your brain is desperately trying to drag you back down to your comfort zone and it’s trying to get you to say something like this. Are you ready? Well, I guess someone like me can’t do this, but at least I tried.

    Give me a me in the chat if you’ve just had a realization. My brain has done this to me in the past. What a horrible trick your brain plays in your team. It’s not that you’re overwhelmed. It’s not that you’re confused. It’s not that someone like you can’t do it. Your brain is just dressed desperately trying to drag you down to your comfort zone. When you feel the overwhelm and the confusion team, celebrate. Be patient. You’re on the next step here. And if you can push past that overwhelm and confusion team, then we hit the panic point. And for me, the panic point was on day three. So, when I went from 1,600 m above sea level to 4,200 in half a day, and the funny thing is here, team, this is where you’re all in. This is where the brakes feel shorter. This is where the walk feels harder, the air gets thinner, the effort that you need to put in at the panic point compared to your comfort zone is double, triple, 10 times. You’re still fearful. You’re still overwhelmed. You’re still confused. You maybe haven’t even got the results yet. You haven’t seen the reward. Every ounce of your body is saying, “Stop. Turn back.” But you can’t.

    You’re all in. Your brain is going to get you to question every single decision you’ve ever made. It’s a myth. It’s a lie. Trust the system. And if you can push past fear twice the overwhelm, the confusion, and the panic point, you will end up team with everything you have ever wanted. Because when you hear yourself saying, “I just want to quit.” That resistance, the overwhelm, the confusion, they’re not signs you’re doing it wrong. They’re signs you’re doing it right. Celebrate it. Be patient. And Tony Robbins says it perfectly, team. What you fear is a clear indicator of what you should do next. And you need to get comfortable being uncomfortable. Team, so many people live their lives in their comfort zone. Look, the reality is team, look at nature. If you’re living inside your comfort zone, you’re not growing, are you? Look at nature. Look, when a plant stops growing, what does it start to do? Team, let me know in the chat.

    Star’s dying. God, Sam, that’s a bit of a strong bit of a strong analogy, right? It really isn’t. The harsh reality of the world we live in, team, is most people are dying. But it’s a slow, painful death by a thousand cuts.

    Every day you drive to a job you hate, cut. Every time a bill comes and you panic, cut. Every holiday you miss because you can’t afford one this year, cut. Every time we look at the disappointment in our children’s eyes, cut.

    Cuz ultimately, team, look, you can have your comfort zone or results. You can’t have both. And we’ve known this for centuries. Benjamin Franklin, one of the founding fathers of America, said, “Most people die at 30, but they aren’t buried until they’re 70.”

    How do we make this happen? See, you be the hero of your own movie. Ask yourself, what does the hero of the movie do? The hero jumps when it’s scary. Cuz we need to celebrate and embrace fear. It means we’re about to break through into success. And one thing you got to understand team, you can’t judge where you’re going to be in a year, 2, 5 years right now from who you are today. The person you are today is not the person that’s going to achieve that goal. You will be required to change and grow. You will be required to put the effort in. It’s going to be really hard at the beginning, messy in the middle, and amazing at the end. Because what we all think about before we go up the mountain is what we have to give up to play that bigger game, not what we’re going to gain at the end. And again, it’s that what will it cost me? Team, it’s not will it cost me, it’s what will it make me? Cuz otherwise, team, when the pressure is off, we’ll make excuses again. Can’t decide without my partner. Don’t have the money. I’ll do it next time. When there’s no accountability and the pressure is off, team, we will, all of us, slip back into our old ways. I mean this with love. I’ve never met a person that has built a business on their own without help and support ever. You have never achieved anything of greatness in your life alone. And that’s why successful people have mentors, accountability, and a strong peer group team. We’ve had this our entire life. We didn’t call them mentors. We called them mom and dad. We called them teachers, professors, bosses at work, friends. And it makes climbing that mountain so much easier and so much more comfortable to you. Why struggle and only get help if we fail? That’s what I used to do. And looking back at it now, it it’s it’s almost moronic. It’s ridiculous. I’d say, well, you know, let me try and build the business and if I lose a load of money, then I’ll go and get mentorship. It makes no sense. It’s like me being overboard in the ocean and someone saying, “Let me throw you a life jacket.” Oh, no. No. Uh, let let me try and when I’m drowning. Yeah. Then throw me one, team. If you want us to be your mentor, I love you for that. If you don’t want it to be us, get it somewhere, please. You’ve got to get it somewhere. Let’s be willing to cross that panic point that separates successful people from those creating mediocre results. And that’s exactly how we need to behave in business. But you know what, team? We also need to recognize excuses for what they really are. Best friend chat here team.

    The reasons why we can’t do this, i.e. the excuses team. They are you making a choice to stay stuck where you are. And I know that’s hard to hear. I know some of you want to say it’s not an excuse. I’m not making a choice. We are. We all have a choice team. You have a choice you need to make on this event. Am I building this business? Yes. Am I building this business? No.

    So, what I want to do here, team, is I want to look at the top reasons why we can’t build this business. Now, look, full disclosure, team, this is a bit of an emotive part of the event. Some of you might be feeling like you’re getting your backs up a little bit. Team, I am not speaking to any one of you individually. All I’m going to do team is I’m going to look at the top eight reasons why we can’t build this business. Take these emotional reasons. I’m just going to shine a light of logic on them team. Give me an eight in the chat if that’s fair. Team, I’m just going to talk to you like your best friend. That’s it. Nothing more. So, the first one. Oh, Sam. I just can’t afford it. Team, if it’s important to us, we can afford anything. Think back to the example on day one. I think it was. I lose track of days. Can you raise $20,000 to save your family? Great. Well, you can raise $20,000 for your business. All it tells us, team, if we keep saying, I can’t afford it. Number one, we’ve taken ourselves out the game. Number two, it’s just not high on our priorities. Go and look. There’s always a way to afford it, team. I don’t have the time. This was my favorite one, by the way, team. I don’t have the time, Sam. Do you know what I kept saying to one of my first mentors? I just don’t have the time before I finally pulled the trigger. And they did an annoying thing that I’m going to do for you, team. Tell me about your date. I was like, pardon. I was like, tell me about your date. And he asked me and I was like, well, I woke up. What time? I know like like 7 7:30. Which one was it? 7:30. Okay. And he made me go through minute by minute. And you know what, team? It turned out that I was watching 4 hours of TV a night. Yeah, you’re right. I don’t have the time. My priority wasn’t my future, my business. My priority was watching TV. Look, I’m not telling you team, throw your TV away. But are we okay to watch three hours of TV a night and put one towards our business? Yes or no team? Let me know in the chat. And by the way, team, this takes two to three hours a week. If you don’t have two to three hours a week, that is the exact reason why you need to build this business. And if you don’t have two to three hours a week, here’s my secret. You ready? Sleep faster. Trust me, works every time. It won’t work for me. I’m different, team. I mean this with love. We’re not. Okay? It doesn’t matter what your background is, team. This is a system. Whether you left school at 16 years old or you have five PhDs, it’s a system just like a McDonald’s burger. If you go to a McDonald’s Big Mac, you can have two people read the same instructions. Someone who left school at 16, someone who’s got five PhDs. As long as they follow the system team, the Big Mac is the same. You don’t know who has five PhDs and who doesn’t when you bite into that Big Mac. It’s a system. You just got to follow the system. I’ll do it later. Now’s not the right time. I find this always it’s always a little bit because this was again one of my favorites. It It’s always a little bit of an of an arrogant thought. And I mean that with love team. But who the hell guaranteed you a later? Who guaranteed you a later team? Every morning we wake up with breath in our lungs and blood in our veins is a gift.

    Who who offered you a later? Yesterday you said tomorrow team tomorrow never comes.

    I’ve already invested elsewhere and it didn’t work. Look team I if that’s if that’s the case. I’m sorry to hear that. It sucks. I’ve been there. But guess what? You invested probably in an idea. This is a business. This isn’t an idea where you’ve got to go and build everything yourself. It is a business that you’re walking into. And look, the reality is, team, if you’ve invested elsewhere and didn’t get the results, I’ve been there. It sucks. I know. It doesn’t mean that you don’t need help and support. It means you just got to pick better. It means you got to pick better, team. And look, to give you a bit of advice my mom gave me when I was 15 years old, team, if you want the rose of life, you’ve got to go through a couple of pricks on the way. How brilliant is that? Look, don’t let your past worries stop you getting the help and support you need, team. It will be an honor and a privilege to show you there are good people on this planet. The next one is a bit of an emotional one. I can’t do it because of the kids. Team, having recently become a father, I have a whole new insight on this one here. If you’re going to say I can’t do it because of the kids, I’m sorry. that is so unfair on them. And if you’re going to use them as a get out of jail free card, you need to be willing to tell them one day. You need to stand there on their 18th birthday and say, “Hey, do you know what? Happy birthday. I could have been really successful, but I couldn’t because of you.” Now, if you’re not willing to do that, h have the courage to say, “Look, yeah, you’re right. I’m afraid. I’m using my kids as a get out of jail free card. I’m afraid team. Everything I do is for my daughter. My little Daphne, everything I do is for her. Everything. It’s not I can’t do it because of the kids. No, I do it because of the kid. Does that make sense? By the way, team, give me a five in the chat if that makes sense. I’m not ready and I’m waiting for the right time. Team, when are you ever ready? Were you ready for kids? I wasn’t. Do they wait inside this inside my wife’s belly for another six months? No. The kids come in whether you like it or not. And look, if you spend your time waiting for the right time, team, you will spend your life waiting. And what a waste of life that is. Now, here’s the thing that you might have these in your life, team, but don’t use them as a reason.

    So, what I want to do here, team, we’re going to do a quick little exercise here. We’re on page, it’s around about kind of page 20, 21ish of your workbook. And again, the exercise is called recognizing excuses versus reasons. I want you to write down to what reasons have stopped you from taking action before. And I’ll ask yourself an honest question knowing what we now know. Were they reasons or were they really excuses in disguise? And what I also want you to do there team is also ask yourself how will you catch yourself from doing this in the future. So I’m going to give you here I’m going to give you around about kind of five or six minutes team. Five or six minutes and off we go.

    and finishing up there. Team, by the way, give me a little seven in the chat. That’s a pretty damn useful exercise. By the way, team, give me a seven in the chat because it’s so true, team. Look, if we spend our life waiting for the right time, we’re going to spend our life waiting. Have you noticed, by the way, that the older we get, it feels like time is speeding up. Give me a one in the chat if you’ve noticed that, by the way. Yeah, there’s actually a scientific theory in that cuz that time isn’t speeding up. It isn’t. It’s a constant of our universe. If time starts speeding up, it breaks the laws of physics. What is speeding up team is our perception of time. And it’s called the proportion theory. So look, when you were 9 years old, that one year between your 9th birthday and your 10th birthday, that one year accounted for 10% of your existence on this planet. You only had 9 years before that. Between your 29th and 30th birthday, that one year only accounted for three% of your existence on this planet. The year wasn’t 10, it’s now three. So every year you get older, it gives the perception that time is speeding up to you because all of us one day you’re going to wake up and there won’t be any more time to do the things you’ve always wanted to do. It’s what they say the definition of hell on earth is is one day meeting the person you could have become if only you were brave enough. Cuz ultimately team, every single one of us, if you want to achieve greatness, you’ve got to stop asking permission. Asking permission from everyone. Cuz sometimes your growth scares people who don’t want to change themselves. And look, a big one here, team. Don’t be worried about earning more than your partner. So many times we get resistance from a partner. And I’m very lucky. I have a partner that supports me in everything I do. But I know that’s not always the case. If maybe you’ve got a partner who’s resistant to this, talk to them. Tell them that the funny thing about this is is we so often like brand this as like they’re trying to hold me back. Have you ever thought, by the way, maybe this just comes from such a deep rooted place of love. Maybe they’re worried that if you start this business, you’re going to create a life where there’s no room for them in it. Maybe they’re worried. Talk to them. Tell them you are doing this for them team. Because honestly, look, we might have these in your life. Don’t use it as an excuse, team. Give me an F in the chat. By the way, if going through that journey of fear was so damn useful, by the way, team, it’s the first one covered off. Now the second one team, the second thing that’s going to hold us back here is I want to talk to you about the world’s history of wealth. It’s called the book of wealth. They publish it in 1895. They did 400 sets of the book and they gave it to the wealthiest families in the world. It was who was wealthy, why they were wealthy, and how they were wealthy. Now Dr. John D. Martini from the secret scoured this book and found the number one indicator to earn wealth as described by in the book and it’s not what you think team it’s not compound interest it’s not business it is very simply team the people you hang around with i.e E the law of association. Who you spend your time with defines who we are. Subconsciously team we all crave to fit in. It’s something you can’t control. Safety in numbers. And ultimately team as human beings we need people. You’ve got to stop thinking you can do everything in room without help and support. We crave human beings. Two crazy facts, both true. Number one, do you know if a baby, and I know this recently, do you know if a baby is born, if they do not feel human contact, they’ll pass away.

    Human touch is literally the reason you are alive, team. Think about that. And what’s the worst punishment guards can give to someone in prison? It’s solitary confinement. In what I can only imagine is the dangerous and most scary place on the planet, the worst thing they can do is put you alone in a safe where in a cell, sorry, where you’re safe. It drives people insane. We need friends, family, mentors, peers, everyone. But here’s the thing. Don’t just let yourself be put around people. You have to be brave and choose who you’re around. Because the crazy thing about this is if you think of your six friends you spend the most time with team six friends you spend the most time with if you add up their their their yearly salaries divided by six it is eerily close to yours team. If you are the richest person in your friendship group you might need a new friendship group. I want to be the dumbest brokeest person in every friendship group that I am in. Why? because the only way I can go is up.

    But ultimately team, we need to be brave and decisive when we’re picking our peer group. And the reason I say that team, if you are constantly hearing from people around you, who do you think you are? Why don’t you just give up? Why do you think you’re better than us? Why do you have to be so greedy team? You’ll quit. You will.

    You will. No, I’m not telling you that you have to cut friends out. What I’m saying is probably for the first time in your life, team, you need to organize your friends. You need once a year friends, once a month friends, once a week friends. Give an example. My once a year friends, team, these are people I went to school with. They’re still in the same city, same hometown we grow up in. They go to the same bars. They all [ __ ] and moan about their jobs, their partners, but they’re not willing to do anything about it. I don’t want to hear that. It annoys me. Do you think they want to hear about how amazing my life is? No. It annoys them. If we spend too much time together, there’s friction. There’s tension. We see each other once a year. We get catastrophically drunk. We reminisce about the old times. We go our separate ways. We have a better friendship for it. Now, my once a week friends, there’s people like Chris, Georgie, the people that lift me up. When I turn around and say, “I’ve got an idea.” They don’t say, “Wow, who do you think you are?” They go, “Tell me more about it. How can I help?” Now, look, the reality is some of you, by the way, team might have family members who if they were friends, you’d see them once a year. Don’t see your family once a year. Like my mom, I love my mom to bits. If she was a friend, I’d see her once a year. Don’t see your mom once a year. She gave you life. The reason being is because look when I when my mom turns around to me and goes, “How’s business going?” I go, “Oh, absolutely amazing.” Yeah, me and Chris just spent $50,000 on his new mentorship program. Super excited about it. We’ve hired in three new members of staff. She looks at me and goes, “Are you okay? Are you safe? Are you on drugs?” But look, the reality is, team, she’s not trying to hold me back. She’s trying to protect me, isn’t she? I made the mistake of saying, “Mom, I’m in my 30s. Stop worrying about me.” And she went, “Have kids.” I was like, “What?” She goes, “I will worry about you till the day you die.” And then guess what, team? I had a daughter. And I went, “Yeah, I get it now.” So, if you’ve got family members around you that are maybe damaging for your business, here’s what you do. You ready? Change the conversation. Make it about them. When my mom says to me now, “How’s your business?” “Yeah, good, thanks.” “And how are you? How’s work going? How’s your wrist? Is it still okay? How’s Jane? Is she still being a bit of a [ __ ] at work?” She is, by the way. She’s horrible. I make it all about them.

    I have a better relationship with my family now, team. There’s a great expression in psychology. You ready for this? Just because something could be said doesn’t mean it needs to be heard. Give me a wow in the chat. By the way, if that has just saved you thousands of hours of arguments, it’s beautiful. So, team, we’re not going to do it right now. I’m conscious of time, but some homework I’m going to set you is I want you to organize your peer group. It’s around about page 22 or something in your workbooks. Go and organize your peer group. Who do you want to see less of? Who do you want to see more of? And by the way, doesn’t make you a bad person. You will have a better friendship with them. If someone goes to once a year, they can go on their own journey. They might become a once a week in the future team. Give me a W in the chat if that makes sense.

    Beautiful. And then the last thing I want to cover here team, we’ve done fear, we’ve done friends. The last thing I want to cover off here, team, which holds so many people in their tracks is failure. Team, we have such a fear of failure. Are you ready for this? You have failed at every single thing you have ever done in your life. So have I. It’s called learning. Richard Branson said this perfectly, team. You don’t learn by following the rules. You learn by trying and failing. My daughter’s going to try and learn to walk and fall down 50 times a day. She’s not going to turn around and go, “Yeah, maybe walking isn’t for me.” Then team, you’re going to fall down all the time. You’re going to fall down. But failure isn’t falling down. Failure is choosing to stay down. Because failure is the fastest path to success. Team Winston Churchill, one of my idols, said it perfectly. Questionable drinking habit, mind you. Success is going from failure to failure without loss of enthusiasm. Team, you got to be willing to make mistakes. Confidence comes from failure. You know that whole fake it till you make it. That’s lying. Don’t lie. Confidence comes from getting it wrong, learning, improving. That’s where confidence comes. Cuz you don’t learn anything from winning team. The only thing you learn from winning is I like this feeling. I’d like it again.

    Cuz you win some, but you learn more. And the famous quote of Thomas Edison, well, you failed a thousand times. No, it isn’t. I just found a thousand ways how not to make a light bulb. It only takes one.

    Cuz I know it’s a bit of a morbid thought team, but you need to ask yourself a question right now. Ask yourself the question. How do you want to be remembered?

    How do you want to be remembered? I do this normally once a month. I shut my eyes in a dark room and I imagine myself hovering over my own funeral. In fact, humor me. Shut your eyes right now, team. Imagine yourself who you are right now in this moment. Imagine hovering over your own funeral. Ask yourself a question. What are people saying about you?

    Are they saying, “You know what? I always felt like they were unhappy. I always thought they were going to do more. They had so much potential. It’s a shame they didn’t fulfill it.” Or are they saying, “Do you know what? They inspired me. They tackled fear head on. Honestly, they made me want to be better.

    Cuz ultimately, team, look, we have a choice to live in fear where we are or to take the leap and finally get what you want. Cuz that’s what it is, team. It is a leap of faith. If you’re waiting to be 100% before you take that leap, you’re going to be waiting. You’re never 100% team. How do you want to be remembered? Life isn’t measured in the years we live. It’s measured in the lives we touch. And the reason why so many of us don’t want to take that leap is because we’re worried it will highlight our flaws as a human being. Team, embrace your flaws. Who ever thought that your flaws are what make you uniquely you? Tim, I I can’t be a public speaker. I have flaws. In fact, some of you have noticed it. Give me give me a yes or a no in the chat if you’ve noticed it. But team, I have flaws. I have a nervous twitch. I’ve had it since I was 2 years old. I constantly rearrange my shirt. I flick. I wiggle in my chair. I pull my shirt down. Then I don’t like it. So, I pull it up and I pull it down again. I’ve got to get it over my hair, constantly moving my hair. I do this with my eye all the time. It feels like there’s just a tiny bubble of air under my eye all day long. So, trying to pop it. It’s a massive flaw, team. I can’t be a public speaker, right?

    Yeah. I let that story hold me back for a long time. There’s a beautiful Japanese art form. It’s called kinugi. Look, in the western world, if you’ve got a bowl, you drop it and it cracks into 10 pieces. Team, we throw it in the bin. In Japan, they put it back together with gold. Because for centuries, they have known something with flaws is always that much more beautiful.

    in this world. Look, why would you want to blend in when you were born to stand out? Every single one of you, you’re all already good enough.

    You’re already good enough, team. So, now you know your thoughts can literally create any life you want them to. Now you know you can have the biggest impact and leave a legacy behind. I want to end this end this session team with one simple question and it’s only a question you can answer. What will you do? What will you do team? So I hope you have enjoyed that session. Give me a me in the chat by the way if you absolutely loved that session. and give me a me in the chat if you absolutely love that session by the way team. Beautiful. And again, a massive massive thank you for all of the very very kind words in the chat. Honestly, it really does mean so much to me as well team. So, a massive massive thank you. Look team, we’re going to go ahead. We’re going to take a 10 minute leg stretch. For those of you that were maybe on the fence, um I can see some people also asking for the application team. If we can post the application link team, get your application in. Okay, get your application in. It’s just a conversation. Have a chat with us team. Get those applications in. Good luck on your meeting with our business development team and I will see you back here in 10 minutes for an incredible session. Thank you so much team.

    Heat. Heat.

    Heat

    up

    here.

    Heat. Heat.

    Heat. Heat.

    Heat.

    Heat.

    Heat.

    Heat.

    Heat.

    Heat.

    Heat. Heat.

    Heat.

    Heat.

    Heat. Heat.

    Heat

    up here.

    Heat.

    Heat. Heat. Heat. N.

    Heat. Heat. N.

    Heat. Heat. N.

    Heat. Heat.

    Heat.

    Heat.

    Heat. Heat. N.

    Heat. Heat.

    Heat. Heat.

    Heat.

    Heat.

    Heat.

    Heat.

    Heat. Heat.

    Heat.

    Heat.

    Heat. Heat.

    Heat. Heat.

    Heat. Heat.

    So, welcome back everyone. Welcome back. Come on team, we know the drill. Go ahead, locate that chat box. Give me a number five in the chat. Who is back? Give me number five in the chat. Who is back? Because in this session here, team, we’ve got an incredible, incredible session with two unbelievable people who I’m going to introduce you to separately as I come along. But look, let’s just kind of like set the scene where we are at the moment in your business. Okay, look, you’ve done the hard work. Okay, you’ve got your LinkedIn profile optimized. You’ve done your LinkedIn sales navigator search. You’ve got AI reaching out on your behalf 24/7 365. Someone has come back to you and said, “Yes, I’m interested, but I’ve got a couple of questions.” You’ve then copied that message. You’ve pasted it into your LinkedIn objection handler. That’s given you the perfect response. You’ve gone back to LinkedIn. They have then gone, “Okay, yes, I want my free audit.” They’ve gone through onto your free audit funnel, filled in their name, their email address, their contact number, filled in all of the details specific to their business. They’ve then gone through the audit, gone, “Oh my, how am I leaving so much money on the table? A free strategy call? Of course, I want to take that free strategy call.” You’ve then jumped on the phone with them. Remember, your job isn’t to try and hard sell them. The audit funnel is already done all the work for you. Your job is to just confirm what is right in their own heads. You have been paid upfront. You have got a monthly retainer going to be hitting your account every single month. Oh Sam, now now I’ve got to I’ve got to deliver the S. What do I do? Is this where all my time is going to go? How do I deliver them? How do I get the client results team? That is exactly what we are covering in the next two sessions. How to run your clients, manage this business, and then in the next session, how to run this like a business. Cuz ultimately team, in the next two sessions, we’re going to be going through the things that mean you don’t need to spend hours and hours and hours running your business. Okay? Look, our goal here, Explosive Growth Academy, isn’t for someone on here to be in a full-time job. Go, I I want to break through the shackles of my full-time job. I’m going to set up my own business. And then you set your business up and then you’re working more hours which happens so many times. And again there is a difference between being a busy self-employed person and being a business owner. Give me a me in the chat if you want to be a business owner not a busy self-employed person. Beautiful. So team, we have got the pleasure, we have got the pleasure of having one of the world’s top experts on AI, how to run AI like a business to take you through the first part of this session. And when I mean team, we bring you the best in the world. Team, we bring you the best in the world. this speaker team. She frequently gets asked to travel to these events with 2, three, 4,000 people in person and online to be the expert on how to systemize and use AI and team. She is unbelievable. Now, I met this person genuine what about eight or nine years ago, I think I met them. They set up their own agency just like we’re doing here. by the way, team, set up their own agency and it has been an extremely successful agency to the point where her business has literally bought her a house in one of the most amazing areas in London. She didn’t pay for it. Her business paid for it team. She’s run unbelievably successful agencies that she started from scratch and team. It is an honor to have her with her. not only to have her with her, but have her as part of the team here at the Explosive Growth Academy because she is our head mentor and our head coach on our mentorship programs. Those of you joining the mentorship program are going to have the privilege to have her help, support, and guidance on a weekly basis. And trust me team, when we go through this session here, you’re going to go, I need to be a part of that. I need her helping me on my business here. So team, without further ado, please welcome on stage our head coach and head mentor, Georgie. Over to you. I’m going to go ahead stop sharing my screen. Pass it to you team. Enjoy this session. Georgie, over to you. Thank you so much, Sam. Hello everyone. I am really excited to be here. My name is Georgie and I run a digital marketing agency. I adopted AI around 3 years ago now, making it quite almost the predominant feature of my business. Um, and with all my clients, the way that I like to talk about AI is talking about it as mindful AI. Um, of course, my mantra with AI is that it is a tool and if you do not learn it, you will be getting left behind, specifically around online business and marketing. And in addition to that though, there are areas where you can improve and spend a lot of time making sure that the systems are in place that help you save time so that you can do things elsewhere. controvers on the other side of things, not controversially, contrary to that, um you can actually spend a lot of time wasting your time getting it wrong. And that is where mindful AI comes in. Doing it with intention rather than just spouting out things that don’t actually make a difference for your business. Now, excuse me when I turn my head. I’ve got two monitors here. So, one of them um is up here with a bit of work going on. Um and obviously, I’ve got you guys here as well. So let me talk start by explaining a little bit about where I began. So I’ve been in um business since 2019. Um and I started by investing in a mentorship program. Um I since then have spent tens of thousands of dollars on making sure that my business scaled to where it needed to be. Um and that included then also integrating AI into it. Now I completely self-taught myself AI. I felt like I knew enough about social media marketing, online business, funnels, getting clients that I could just teach myself the fundamentals of AI. And it it turned out that as I was teaching myself, other people maybe struggled to learn it as well as I had done. Therefore, I became almost the educator in AI for them. So, running an agency has taken me on a journey. Uh, I started off by charging £50 a month for my clients. Um, posting every single day to their LinkedIn, their Instagram, and their Facebook. I would do all of their posts on Canva. And essentially, that was my fundamental role. I expanded and started learning about funnels and marketing and community building on social media and all of the nuances that come with actually being able to make genuine sales from social media. Since then, and obviously with that, I spent lots of hours, 50 hours plus, managing all of my clients. It scaled to the point where I had around eight clients in my business, and I just couldn’t keep up with the workload. But AI has come in and has taken a majority of that off of my hands. So I’m able to focus on the bits that I love, which is the education part of running my business and of course getting more clients through the door and just building out who knows about me in this space. So we’re going to talk a little bit where the opportunities are for you when you are building an agency. So let me just drop down to the next slide.

    We can establish that we are you can actually build something for a client from scratch that includes social media, blog articles, podcast scripts, completely autonomous, all configured. You could be churning out 50 pieces of content without actually having to do any of the work. Now, the idea behind this is yes, you can go to chat GPT. Yes, you can go to Claude and I will show you a little bit about how I go about doing all of these things and why made is such an incredible tool and something which then takes the time off your hands. Now, don’t worry, we’re not going to go and create a fictional client. But essentially, what we can do is just really demonstrate and see what we can make with this. So let’s talk a little bit about the deliverables of what a client needs and why they’re important. So first you have the social media posts. This is your top of funnel. Billions of people are on social media from Instagram, Tik Tok, LinkedIn, Twitter or now known as X. With these posts, you are able to capture a cold audience that you wouldn’t be able to capture anywhere else. Okay? So if you see a business that is not present on social media or not consistently present on social media, that is your opportunity to say to them, look, you can be present on social media without putting in any of the effort needed to do so. You can create daily posts which has the image which is then has the caption scheduled to their account so that it goes out consistently within that client’s niche and with their written voice. You can build funnels a website. So a landing page and a website I like to think of them as kind of in synergy with each other. There’s really no point in just having a website that just sort of talks about you. You need to have some real estate online that actually is able to allow people to drop into your world. Whether that’s through collecting emails, and we’ll talk about that with lead magnets. Lead magnet is an offer that you have and a free guide or report as it says here, an offer that is free that you then give to people in exchange for your for their email. It then enables you to build a list and that list will become your warm audience where you can market to most of your um to your uh uh your offer to um a really good example, sorry for trailing off. I wanted to draw on this example that I had is that um a girl within our industry, she just created an online course um and she launched it to her email list of 600 people. Uh she recorded the whole thing and uh she had made a,000 within 9 minutes. So that is the power of creating that list. And that is recent, very very recent this month. In fact, booking calendars super important when you are trying to get people onto sales calls. If this can be automated, then that is part of the thing that you don’t have to worry about. Boom, there’s a booking. It’s in your calendar. You know that you’re free. You don’t have to have this back and forth all the time. Blog posts so important. Now with the with the dawn of AI and the use of GPT and claude and perplexity, people are the these LLMs are scanning the internet for information. So if you are able to be able to put long form articles out there relevant to the niche of the client that you are working for, then they will be more discoverable. Okay? So the discoverability is why it’s so important that blog posts are actually back. You’ve al probably heard of Substack now which is sort of the next growing uh platform. Podcasts scripts generated which we can then actually produce a voice for. So you don’t have to sit in a recording studio. The voice is done. It’s recorded. little clips can be created of it with some B-roll content with some captions over the top which can be chopped up and popped into Tik Tok podcasts are so so popular on Tik Tok and also YouTube shorts which is of course the last one which are these short form video scripts cut down from the same source of content. Now, you look at that and you think, I honestly don’t know how I’m able to do that. And true, if you were to do this all on your own, you would have one client and you would be working for them flat out probably 50, 60 hours a week, right? So, we don’t want to be doing that. This is where maid makes it so so brilliant because yes, you can be using um Vidyars for the YouTube shorts or Hey Jen to create the podcasts and 11 Labs and Claude and Perplexity to do the research and chat GPT to create the images with Darly. You’re flicking off everywhere. You’re going here, there, everywhere. And we we don’t really want to be doing that. We want it all in one central hub. Okay. So, this is what we’re going to look at now.

    Here we go. So, we have our client profile. We know who our client is and we are going to go to make.com and build a scenario. This then generates a pathway of all of these things and it is auto delivered. Now, the thing the key here is, and I’m going to preface this now, this is the part that you need to spend the most time on in order to spend the least amount of time once it’s up and running. Okay? It’s the thing that you need to just commit a deep dive work into in order to make sure that it’s all working and then it runs. Okay? That is the key here. Now, we’re going to I’m going to walk you through a little bit about my journey with AI and what I can do and how powerful it is. And I’m just going to share my screen so you can see it. Um, and then we will be getting on to what this looks like inside.com.

    Now, this is my Instagram account, uh, the Georgie Elizabeth. Um, feel free to give me a follow if you have Instagram already. As you can see, one of my mantras is post less, sell more, use AI mindfully. Okay, so let’s take a look at the posts that I have now. You can probably see that there has been a slight change in my branding, something that I’ve been looking to do for a long time. But from this moment onwards, can you tell there’s been a little bit of a difference? No. Other than it’s blue and maybe the fonts changed slightly. Um AI took over creating my carousels from this point onwards. So everything here has been produced using AI. Um and you can see there are some really indepth carousels going on. Um so we can let’s just have a quick look at this one for now. So you can see there are lots of information all on AI. Uh, sorry, not an AI made by AI, but built specifically tailored to my audience.

    Okay, these take me minutes. Minutes. Because all I’m doing is I’m asking AI to go in and do a search of a particular topic that I wanted to look for, any current news feeds. I find what’s trending at the moment and then I build my content strategy out of that. From there, I ask my chat GPT or my claude, depending on what it is that I’m after, to create the carousel itself. And once it’s created the carousel, I used to have to go and manually download it and take it into my better business suite, which is my scheduling tool here. So what it has now enabled me to do with made is enabled me it will automatically schedule these posts. Okay. So this is not me scheduling the posts. Made is able to schedule the posts for me. Now imagine if you could do this for another person and just create all of this without needing to um without needing to go in and set up a scheduled post. So, if I were to go and set up a scheduled post, it would be create create post. It would then take me here very very slowly.

    Add photo. Add caption. Pick the date. Publish. Okay. Now that seems relatively straightforward, but if you are doing this for for several clients and they are posting every single day, these 50 posts can get a little bit tedious, right? This system again and again and again and again. Okay, so we want to erase those parts, the parts which are not helping us create and produce content. Okay. So now we’re going to have a quick look as to what it is and how it looks inside made.com.

    Okay. So this is make.com and what we’re doing is we are going to be creating a scenario. Now a scenario is a form of automation. Okay? So it’s essentially we are building out everything that I’ve sort of explained here which is researching the content, creating the carousel content, writing the caption to go with it, taking it to schedule and then scheduling and publishing. Okay, that is the system that we’re doing, right? So what you would do is you would go ahead and create scenario and from there you would build out what that scenario would look like. Again, this is probably one of the most complicated parts of all of this and the bit that you might have to spend the most time doing. However, once it is done, it is done. You can see that there are actually built-in tools here, right, for you. Now, here is one that I prepared earlier. I’ve also got most popular before we continue. So, you can see OpenAI is on there. Um, you’ve got Gmail, you’ve got Google Sheets, Google Drive. But here is one that I created earlier. Okay? And this is a 100% automated social media machine and I’m going to walk you through what it does. So we start right at this orange one here, which is my RSS Google tool. And what this does is this will go and it will run and search for topics of interest. So, as you’ve probably seen in in my Instagram account, I work very closely with moms. So, I have a feed running to search for news articles that are around moms in business. Okay? And so, I’ve copied this feed and I’ve popped it into this um section here. So, it is currently doing a search. Then what it does is it takes it to perplexity where it summarizes summarizes all of the articles that we have. Okay. So then we go into our router and our routter here is able to split out this instruction into the different channels. So the first one here is to write it writes it based on this summary based upon the news articles. It will write a caption and send a tweet. The same goes for um Instagram where it will write the post. It will use Darly to create the images and then it will produce it into Instagram. The same follows for the Facebook post where it will then publish it inside Facebook. Okay. Now to me this it may look like a little bit intimidating but that’s okay. It’s a new tool. It’s something that everyone, you know, every new tool that comes in, you do have to just take a little bit of time to practice it. But once it is done, it is done. Okay? And there are many, many other ways in which we can look at this. There are things where you can use Google Sheets to add into this. Um, planning tables, anything that you think is going to help with your clients. So once we’ve done it, you can choose how often it runs for. Okay? which I think is really really cool as well. So you can run this weekly, you can run this every day, you can run this every 15 minutes. We wouldn’t want to do that but you could. So that is the power of make.com

    and I’ll just pull us back into our dashboard here. You can add teams, user roles, everything like that. very much your central hub for automating all of these different AI tools so that you don’t have to be jumping into GPT or Claude and then your scheduleuler, you know, we’re we’re pulling this all together and it does it for you. How amazing is that, right? So once you’ve got that established, you can see how quickly we are able to follow this system of producing a client profile going into make.com building out a scenario and then the AI will generate it all for you and then it is autod delivered posted publish it published there are no manual steps involved. This has been a gamecher something which I will never look back from and ultimately again if you are not stepping into using AI now you will be behind. you know, this is where the people this is kind of going to differentiate the people that really lean in and look at this and go, “Okay, this is really is where this is going.” Because ultimately, your computer does things that you would never think it could have done before. It’s now automated. You know, there was once a time where you could you’d had to start a car by winding it up at the front and now you do it with a key. All of these things will become so second nature and we’re at the beginning of it. Okay? And this is where you really start to see the people that can truly benefit from knowing this little extra information than the businesses and the people that you are working with and the clients don’t have. Um before I pass you back on to Sam, I just want to jump in and leave you with a little message uh which I think is really important just for you to hear. So, let me just get it up. Okay, here we go. By the way, by the way, I think that every single woman that is listening to this podcast, doesn’t matter where they work, it doesn’t matter what they do, has to get their head around AI because we missed as women the first tech boom. And we will miss this boom if we don’t like really embrace it in with every fiber of our being. doesn’t just apply to women, but obviously you see the point. There is a boom happening. Business owners are clicking into this and we need to seize it with every fiber of our being. Well, thank you so much. Um, I’m going to pass you back to Sam who is going to take you through the rest of the session, but it has been an absolute pleasure. Um, and I really do hope to see some of you again in the not too distant future. Have a wonderful rest of your session.

    Amazing team. How incredible was that session with Georgie? Just give me a me in the chat by the way if that was an amazing amazing session with Georgie. Yeah team, this is how we run it like a business. Remember, look, five years ago, every single thing that Georgie showed you, you had to go and do that yourself. You had to do it manually. And now, with the systems in place, we can have everything done for us. So, Georgie, a massive, massive thank you. Also, give me a yes in the chat if you’re excited to be able to speak to Georgie every single week. and just make sure hey I’ve got a couple of things to clarify and knowing that you are going to literally one of the world’s top experts. Yeah, unbelievable. With that in mind there team, we have got the privilege of bringing on my business partner for our next couple of the remainder of this session and our next session. know that you have heard me mention Chris several times over the event and you’re probably sat going who is this elusive Chris figure that Sam keeps mentioning about well team you finally get to meet him in this session and he is going to be taking the entirety of the next session let team I don’t want to take away too much for him to give you a bit of an introduction himself as well but Chris is genuinely not only my best friend in the entire world. But he is genuinely one of the best entrepreneurs I have ever met. And it isn’t because he does these flashy things. No, the reason why Chris is one of the best entrepreneurs I’ve ever met is because he runs a business exactly how a business should be run. Now, he was a huge huge before we were business partners here at the Explosive Growth Academy team. He was a huge inspiration to me in my own business before we started the business when we were just friends because what I would do was I would get a client on in my agency. I would do everything manually. I’d be doing emails. I’d have a text message over here. Someone sent me an Instagram message. And my life was in shambles. My I was earning great money. My life was in shambles. I quit my full-time job working 40 hours a week. Now I’m earning like 20, $30,000 a month, which is amazing. But now I’m working 60, 70, 80 hours a week. And it’s because I didn’t make that transition from busy self-employed to business owner. And Chris before we were business partners showed me the way. And the crazy thing, look, this might not be the, how do we say the uh the sexy stuff in business that we all love earning money, going getting off a phone call going, “Wow, look, $5,000 in my bank account.” That’s great, but that’s that immediate reaction. What we’re going through in the remainder of this session and in the next session means that you set it up from day one. So you have a life where your business goes around your life, not your life goes around your business. Cuz that’s how I started mine team. And I see this so many times. People set up a business, their business becomes their entire life, and then 6 to 12 months later, they burn out and then they don’t want to do it anymore. That’s not what we want. We want you to set up a business so that a year from now you can quite literally sit on a beach in Thailand knowing that your business is running without you there. That is how we set up a business. And hey, maybe you don’t want to be in Thailand. Maybe you want to be in the Swiss Alps at a skiing chalet. You know what? Maybe you just want to be at home. Maybe you don’t want to have to just be constantly on your phone, constantly on your laptop, and actually have a life. could be me in the chat if that’s what we’re all searching for. By the way, team, yeah, and that is exactly what Chris is going to go through in the remainder of this session and in the next session. Team, make sure you pay attention because after these next two sessions, I’m going to come back for session four. After these two sessions, you are going to see a clear path to not only how you can actually grow this business, but how you can run it. meaning that you aren’t constantly shackled to your computer, shackled to your desk, and a slave to your business. So, without further ado, team, give him loads and loads of love in the chat to, as I say, the man, the myth, the legend, Mr. Chris Peele. Chris, over to you. Uh, guys, welcome. My name is Chris Peele. Uh, firstly, thank you to Georgie there. um absolutely incredible person, head mentor on our mentorship program and just such an amazing person for you to be learning this stuff from out there doing it every single day. Um yeah, Georgie, thank you so much for that session as well. Now, for those of you who don’t know me, my name is Chris Peele. I’m Sam’s business partner here at the Explosive Growth Academy, one of the co-founders here as well. Um, and I have got the pleasure of spending the next uh, well, a couple of sessions with you um, to go through how we put the operations of some of this stuff into practice and how I um, have built my own businesses using the operational processes that I’m going to be teaching you today. But it didn’t always start here for me. I haven’t always been running my own businesses. In fact, you know, not that long ago, just over 10 years ago now, I was living a very different life to the one I live now. I I actually started my career in the corporate world. I was firstly working within car companies and then I went to uh to work with well what I thought was going to be my my dream job. Uh the one I dreamt about having since I came out of university and I got um I got headunted to go and work at PWC as a management consultant. It’s all I’d ever wanted. It’s all I ever dreamt that I thought I wanted to do. But it didn’t take me long before start cracks started to appear in this uh illusion of what I thought was going to be the future of my working life as well because I found myself in this real meat grinder scenario working you know 70 even up to 80 hours a week sometimes spending you know days at a time away from home at the time me and my uh my then girlfriend now wife had just moved in together as well and literally just after we moved to London together for me to go and work for PWC I was I was working away Monday to Friday every single And I thought, well, that’s that’s kind of my future. That’s what that’s what my career is going to look like here, I see. But then one day changed everything for me and made me realize that there’s a different way of doing things, a different path that I could be going down or that I should be going down, maybe is a better way of saying this. And and I call it my miracle day. And this was back in what was it like 2014, I think. 20 Yeah, 2014. And I was on the train back into London after a day out on on site with uh with our clients down in the south side of London. And I was on the train back in. It was a rush hour train. It was absolutely packed. And I call it my miracle day for for three reasons, you know. First miracle was that when the train showed up, a London rush hour train showed up on time. I couldn’t believe that to start with. But then the second miracle was that on this rush hour train there was a seat available. Couldn’t believe it. And then the third miracle and the actual miracle here is that the person I sat down opposite on this train was the person that hired me for that role there at PWC. And the conversation we had over the next kind of 40 50 minutes back into London changed my perception on what my future should be and changed my perception on business forever. Now this was somebody by the way that I really respected, somebody that I looked up to. You know, have you ever had one of those bosses that you you kind of wish you were kind of like one day? Well, this was my person. All right. This was the person that uh I I had had got to the top of the company, but had got there because they were really talented. They put the work in. They made the sacrifices. And they were the kind of person that got there and still felt like a really nice person. Not that [ __ ] boss that you’re thinking of right now, but the one that actually deserved to be there. Now, I hoped that, you know, 20 years from now, I would be in their shoes. They’d recently been promoted to a director of the company and because of the nature of the job, because of as consultants, you spend a lot of time out of the office. You go to client sites all the time. I hadn’t seen this person since they were promoted. So, we started talking. We started talking about what we’ve been up to, what clients we were working with, just office politics, all the kind of usual gossipy stuff that you chat to your colleagues about. And when the conversation took a lull, I I took the opportunity to say, “Well, you know, look, Matt, his name’s not Matt, but I’m we’ll call him Matt for the purpose of the story, just to protect his identity.” Um, I said, “Look, Matt, I I just want to let you know, um, mate, I’m really happy for you. You know, you you’ve put in the hours, you put in the time, you’ve got to the top of the company, you must be over the moon.” And I expected, you know, to see his face light up, to see smiles and look look excited and happy about his achievements. But it was strange because looking back across that train table from me was not the face of somebody proud of their career, somebody who had made it to the top and felt vindicated for all the time and effort and sacrifices they had made. But it was this stony gray expression with eyes full of regret. I said to him, “What’s what’s the matter?” And what he told me then will stay with me forever and is a massive motivator for everything we do here at the Explosive Growth Academy and everything I’ve done in my own businesses ever since. And all he said to me was he said, “Look, Chris, I know I should be proud. I know I should be happy. I’ve put the time in. I’ve made the sacrifices. I’ve given up time with the families. Missed holidays, missed school performances. but I’ve made it to the top. I was like, so you what’s the problem? He was like, well, the problem is that ever since getting promoted, I’ve had to start working weekends just to stay on top of all the extra work, all the extra responsibility. You know, I’m out of the house so early in the mornings that my kids are still asleep. I get back so late at night that they’re in bed again. You know, the only time I get to be mean, to be a husband to my wife and a father to my children is Sundays. And by then, I’m I’m just so exhausted from all the stuff that’s happened during the week, all the time I’ve given, all the hours I’ve put in to work that I just can’t I can’t enjoy being with my family anymore. All I want to do is sit on the sofa and just binge watch Netflix. You know, I feel like my relationship with my wife’s going down the toilet. And he said, “The biggest joke of all, Chris, do you know what the biggest joke of all is?” And at this point, I didn’t even know what to say anymore. I said, “I don’t I don’t know what what is it.” He said that the biggest joke is that despite the payriseise that I now get, despite the bonuses I now get because of all the extras that I now have to pay just to keep my life from ticking over, just to keep things moving, cuz I have no time for anything, the extra rent cuz he’s got to rent a place next to the office cuz he hasn’t got time to commute back to his family house anymore. uh the extra dinners with clients and time spent with clients, the extra tax, the extra laundry service because he physically can’t wash his clothes anymore because he hasn’t got time. All these extras, despite the pay rises, despite the bonuses, I now make less at the end of each month than before I was promoted and with a hell of a lot less time and a hell of a worse quality of life. And that just hit me like a freight train. And I knew at that point that if I didn’t do something different with my life, if I didn’t change the way I looked at time and operations and how to run things both within my life and my business, my my then to be business, I would be that person 20 years from now if I’m one of the lucky ones, right, to make it to the top, cuz not everybody does in a big corporation like that. If I’m one of the lucky ones, I could be that person there sitting there telling the young 20some year old that I regretted the last 20, 30 years of my life, of my career, of the time I’d invested. And I decided, no way. I needed to make a change. And that’s when I found this agency model. You know, I set up my first agency. It was um it was high volume, low sales price, high volume, fast-paced. And I loved it. I loved how quickly you could make sales. I love how quickly we can build up refer recurring revenue. I then set up a couple of other agencies over the 12 years I’ve been in business now. I’ve set up over three agencies. They all turn over $10 million a year in sales. Now, that is only possible because of the systems and the operations that we built into the business. You know, just just without getting the operation right, you can be the best salesman in the world. If you sell without delivering, you will not have any customers. Okay? It’s delivery that keeps the customers. So, let’s have a look at how you can deliver within this business model that you’ve been learning with us at this event. So, the first thing I want to talk to you is about how we can get client on boarding done right. Because imagine the delight you’ll be able to create for your clients if within just 24 hours of them agreeing to work with you and making a payment, their content is already going live. Just think how happy they’re going to be. Think how happy you’d be in that situation. You bring an agency on board and with the next day the first piece of content’s going out across all platforms, all these touch points with all these new customers that you’d never even thought that you could get just because you signed up with you. So, how does this work? Okay, how does this work? Well, firstly, we receive payment. Okay, now we’re going to build automations in here wherever we can, but there is going to be an element of human touch required to make sure that we maintain the relationship and build something that people are going to want to keep working with. So, the first step is receiving payments. Now, we’re going to set up triggers. Again, we’ll use make like Georgie’s just shown you. We’re going to set up triggers so that when the payment arrives, it triggers your client’s Slack account. Okay. So, we set up the channels and it triggers a welcome message to them. Then we’ll take them through on boarding. That will be the first 24-hour period. They’ll receive a message. Again, we’ll automate that message. Sends them a series of questions about their business and what they do and any regulations. What’s their niche? What kind of voice do they want their their content to have? What’s their actual offer as in what are they selling? uh and any kind of compliance things that we need to know about for their specific industry that needs to make its way into the content. Then we’ll go into the configuration stage. Now, this is where we start to feed the answers through our AI systems to understand the model and then we feed it into make to start building those automations. Now, this we’re not building content calendars here. All right? And things that we’ve got to go through and manually approve. That takes too much time. We need to build this in a way that it’s going to be automatic using the make systems that show Georgie shown you there using Claude for our for our content writing. Now these answers will feed from Claude into make to automatically generate the content and start putting it out and then we’ll reach steady state within just 2 days with daily content posts going out auto autonomously and weekly spot checks where you actually check on what is being done. Okay. basically you’ll check the reports, you’ll check the KPIs, the key performance indicators of their uh of their content. Now, by doing that, we’re saving so much time because we’re not having to go through and manually do everything ourselves. We’re going to be setting up automations for a lot of this. So, there are things that the client will see and then there’s things that will work. So, this is where we need to understand, all right, what does the client actually see? So your client when you sell your service to them, they are going to see every day content going out every single day that is on brand that sounds like them because we’ve taught it to sound like them with our onboarding understanding of their business and their voice and it goes out every day at the same time the time that we decide and it’s there. They don’t have to go and check anything. They don’t have to approve anything. They don’t have to sit there coming up with ideas. It just happens. Now to do that we use our tools. All right? We use our make.com scenario builder to generate ideas for content to build the content and to post the content and schedule it onto all the different platforms. That’s going to run on autopilot for you. You set it up once, it’s going to run forever. The client will also see that they get a weekly report. Now, that weekly report needs to have a personal note from you. And more on that in a little bit, but they’ll get a weekly report with a personal note that you’ve added on there. So, how do we do that? Well, we build in um using Claude to scrape all of our data into one place and it puts together the report from you, but it won’t send it until you add your manual line. So, you personalize things to make sure that it feels like you and it feels um relevant and and targeted to their specific business. Um the client’s going to see a dedicated Slack channel where they can get their answers uh to questions fast. So, they pop a question in and an answer comes back within a few minutes. Now, how do we do that? Well, we have our chatbot. Okay, you plug your chatbot into your Slack channel and it will mostly self-drive. Now, we will have also a bit of a triage process for messages coming in there. Now, Claude will assess the the message and go, well, is this one I answer or does this need escalating to you? Okay, if it’s just a run of the day message, like, hey, how many views did our post yesterday get? It will automatically answer it for you. If it’s something like um you know maybe something a bit more obscure but still sort of run-of-the-mill like um oh there’s a bank holiday coming up. Are we still putting content out? Again, it can automatically do it. If it’s something more like where it flags it as more higher risk like hey I’m not very happy with the wording of the content that we put out on this day and I’d like to discuss it. Okay, it needs a bit more touch, right? So that’s the point at which it will flag it to you to to to jump in and decide how you want to handle it. So it can be mostly self-driving but with a process built into it to triage those messages and understand is this something I can handle myself and I’ll just deal with it for you or should I get you the student to uh actually step in and decide how to handle one and then the client will also get a monthly checking call. Now this is the part we don’t want to automate. All right? We need that human touch. They’re going to have a call with you personally. You’re going to be the one on the phone. You need to understand their business and be able to talk about their businesses. why it’s so why it’s still so important for you to add those personalized lines to the weekly reports so that you’re actually seeing the information, understanding your client’s process so that when it actually comes to the point that you’re having that weekly check-in, sorry, that monthly check-in with them, you um you know what you’re talking about. You’re not just going to be trying to trying to make it up as you go along. So, the gap between those two columns, that is the business. That’s the architecture of the business. What the client sees and how you build it, two separate things, but this is the architecture behind it. It’s how we actually deliver for this client. So, how can you run 10 clients without working 10 times as hard? By systemizing, by using these tools. All right. Now, if you don’t do that, imagine fast forward 10 years from now, you want to grow, but you want to do everything yourself and you want to do it all manually. And you go, “Oh, you know, things come up and I’ll just take care of it myself. I won’t bother setting these automations up. I’ll just do it myself. It’s only going to take 10 minutes.” Well, then as soon as we got 10 tasks from a client, which is not unheard of, then that’s 10 lots of 10 minutes. That’s 100 minutes. Well, now imagine you’ve got 10 clients, that’s 10 times 100 minutes, 1,000 minutes. And before you know it, you’re working a full-time job. Now, you’re lucky. All right? Cuz back in the day, when I set up my first agency, AI wasn’t a thing. In fact, when I set up all of my agencies, AI wasn’t a thing until we brought this uh the the AI into our businesses when it came out. But when I was setting up and trying to scale my businesses, AI didn’t exist. Or maybe it did, but it was something in a lab somewhere somewhere. You know, you didn’t have consumer access to it. So, I had to hire. Anytime I wanted to grow, I had to hire people. There wasn’t automations that I could build in from day one. If I wanted to grow and I needed more time and I couldn’t do everything myself, I had to bring in people. Now, that cost me thousands and thousands of pounds. Now, for every extra person I hired, it was another few thousand a month to just pay their salary. Now for a fraction of the price you can add the the time of an entire team of people for you know like the couple of hundred bucks a month it’s it’s revolutionized the amount of resource you get to put into your business wasn’t even an option for me back then. You will benefit so much faster than I ever was able to and therefore you’ll grow so much faster than I was able to when I first started my business. Okay, it’s one system. We build the system once and then we simply clone it per client. Okay? So once you’ve built your make scenario to do all your automations for you. Well, once you built it once, guess what you’re going to do with your second client? Copy, paste. It’s the same process. Guess what with the third client and the fourth client? Copy, paste. Copy, paste. Things don’t work differently. The content might be different and that’s fine. Look, as part of our client on boarding, we get to understand their voice and their messaging and what they’re selling and we tailor the content to the client, but the system is identical. And that’s why this is so powerful because whether you’re running one client or you’re running a 100 clients, it’s the same system to deliver that content. Does that make sense, team? Give me a five in the chat if you can see how scalable this becomes when you invest in the automations here when you use these tools to scale up that business. Yeah. Amazing. Cuz look, your workload doesn’t change. I mean, it does a bit, but not in terms of creating the system. You created it once, you copy and paste it. Yeah. You still have to do your weekly spot checks, and obviously that that work will scale with clients, but we’ll talk in the next session about how we can bring people in to do that for us. But that’s it. It’s just your weekly checks and your monthly calls. That’s all that scales at this point because all the content generation is done automatically. It’s just your weekly spot checks, entering in your personalization of their weekly report and your monthly phone call. So, every client that you add adds an additional weekly spot check and an additional monthly phone call. Well, if it’s a halfhour phone call and it’s a 15minute spot check, what’s that? That’s going to be an hour of spot checks a month and a half hour call. That’s an hour and a half per client. Are you okay if you have 10 clients, you go working 15 hours a month? Do you see how scalable this becomes to you? It’s phenomenal. It’s revolutionized how quickly people can grow businesses. Okay. So, the machine is what builds the content. All right. The machine, the system we’ve built there builds this content. But we’ve got to think about the people on the other end of it, the actual client. All right. So, let’s talk about the people because people’s uh pe people have emotions. People have feelings. Content and systems don’t. All right. That’s a case of build the robot, manage the emotion. All right. So, let’s talk about the people. So, the core tension, we’ve got to avoid over automation. All right? If you try to automate everything, you might already have preempted this and gone, “Well, that sounds great, Chris, but I don’t want to do an extra weekly spot check for my clients. I don’t want to have a monthly call with them. What I’ll do is I’ll set an outbound AI calling system that will call my clients for me and and then I don’t have to talk to them at all. Guess what? You will have no relationship with your client at all. You can still tell if an outbound call is AI. It just comes across. You don’t know what it is. Just something doesn’t feel right. There’s too much of a delay before talking. It’s not natural. Okay, maybe one day that will change, but right now it’s over automating, right? We need to make sure um that we have a human touch to this because if your client discovers that you’re telling them that they have a personal update every week and actually a few months in it comes out that it was it’s been AI generated this whole time and you’ve just been saying to Claude, “Yeah, add a personalized statement to this.” and it comes out with no human review, that person is going to feel misled and and genuinely has been misled. You know, if you’re selling personalized, it needs to be personalized. Okay? You can’t tell them one thing and then do another. Uh it’s actually worse than if you just been upfront with them and just say, “Hey, look, yep, we send you an automated plan or an automated report every month.” At least there you’re not deceiving anybody right now. Imagine for a second if the client wants to have a call three months in with you, they request a phone call and you’ve overmated everything. Everything’s been AI the whole way. You haven’t been doing your weekly spot check on the reports. You haven’t been having a monthly call with them just to touch base and see how things are going, check what’s working, check what’s not, see how many new customers they’ve got. And then you get on this call with this client after three months of working together personally and they ask you a question about their business and you don’t have a clue. Just imagine how embarrassing that’s going to be. Okay, don’t fall into the death by automation trap. Automation’s fantastic. Obviously, that’s a lot of what we’re talking about, but we have to have limits. There has to be we cannot overmate. And we learned this the hard way. By the way, team, I at one stage automated everything. And then as soon as I jumped on a call with a client, I had a call from one of my team. One of the clients wanted to talk about something. They wanted to refine the way we were doing something. I jumped on a call with them um as the person that they specifically requested to speak to and they started asking me my opinions about the way we were wording stuff, about the way we were presenting the message, about maybe a change of direction. And guess what? I didn’t have a clue a who they were and b what they were talking about because I’d automated the entire thing. I’d never spoken to this person in my life and yet they thought they’d spoken to me. It’s not a good look. It was so embarrassing. Okay. Absolutely embarrassing. Learn from my mistake. Okay. we had to change our things and demate a little bit, pull it back a little bit so that we maintain that human touch, that human connection for people. Now, that shapes every design decision that follows. Okay, once we start to go, well, I’m going to automate as much as possible, but I’m going to retain human elements, we need to start thinking about, okay, at what point do we retain those human elements? So this is where I want to introduce you to our matrix table here that’s going to help you decide whether to automate or whether you should be involved. All right. Now we’ve got four different scenarios. All right. High stakes to low stakes, low frequency to high frequency. So if something is high stakes, that means, you know, it’s it’s it’s high risk. There’s, you know, things could go wrong, relationships can get damaged, contracts could be lost. Um, but low frequency. So things like customer complaints, things like cancellation requests, things like price changes. This is where we want to be the ones dealing with it. All right? You need some human touch at that point. You got to pick up the phone. You’ve got to give them some love. You need to have that human element. If it’s high stakes and high frequency, so let’s say for example, um there’s critical information that you need to know. Okay? So there’s a human element here. So, for example, if you’ve got uh your weekly report, for example, it’s a great example. If you’re building your weekly report, it happens all the time. It happens every single week, but it is high stakes because the client’s relying on this for information. Yes, let Claude draft it. Let’s automate that that manual data scrape. So, Claude will pull all the data together and build this report structure for you, but it’s still up to you to check through it and add your personalized note. You may also want to think about first time moments here as well. for the first time a client deals with you, you may want more personal touch than like the 50th interaction, for example. Like when somebody’s new and and starts working with you, they will want a bit more assurance that that they’re getting you. you know, once they’ve once they’ve got used to the dynamic and they’re seeing the content they want and they’re happy with it and they’re seeing their reports and they understand them and the amount of questions they’ve got drops and they’re just seeing the value and it becomes more routine, then automating up at that point is fine. Okay, so high stakes, high frequency, um, keep a human element in there, but allow AI to build a lot of it. Um, low stakes, low frequency, we want to follow fully automate this. Okay, so there’s low risk. It doesn’t happen that often. Um, you know, that could be the example I gave you earlier, for example, where we had uh a client might message in the Slack group and say, “Hey, we’ve got Christmas coming up. Are you still going to be putting in content out over Christmas?” You know what? That that’s fully automated. Let the um let the let the chat bot, let Slack deal with that. Um and let them respond on your behalf. It’s not highstake stuff. All I’d say is just do spot checks on it every now and then. just check you’re happy with the tone of how it’s dealing with it and tweak the prompts if required. Um and then low stakes, high frequency stuff. This is low risk but high regularity. Um this is things like your daily content posting, um the daily report scraping into the Slack channel. This is where a lot of time can be saved, okay? Because it happens a lot. Excuse me. It happens a lot and it’s um it’s it’s lots of admin. So you can sync lots of your time in there preparing all this if you want to. Um we fully automate this. This is where you know we build the system once and we let it run with our defined parameters. Again, yes, look, we’re we’re not just leaving it forever. We’ll spot check it. We’ll make sure we’re happy with the quality of the output. We’ll make sure it’s not giving stupid answers to stuff, but we do that like periodically rather than having to do it on a daily basis and create all the content ourselves. So that’s how we want to think about triaging things. All right, we want to think about how which of these do these things fall into and apply our automations to the uh the low stakes high frequency first because it’s going to give us the biggest time save, then the high stakes high frequency accepting the fact that we’re going to keep um you know an element of human touch in there. Um and then the lower the lower frequency stuff after that. Okay. So, a couple of things I want to run through with you here. Um and we call them the two tests. So we have the deception test and the first time test. Now again these are just ideas to help steer you as to whether something should be fully automated or have human touch and how to present it. So the first one is called the deception test. So face basically if the client later learns that a specific message was unsupervised IIA would they feel misled? Yes or no. Okay. If they do feel misled, then we need to either just be very open about it from the start or we need to retain some human element in there. So that and that that’s really what this is about. It’s about being open and transparent with your client. Don’t pretend to them that a human’s going to do something if they aren’t. Okay? So take it take this event right now for example. Um, like if you attend this event and you thought you were going to have Sam, Georgie, and myself presenting to you and then actually it was just this pre-recorded AI bot that was sitting in the corner um and and wasn’t real, um, then you’d probably feel quite deceived as well, right? Well, look, the good news is this is real. No, I’m here. I’m real. Ouch. But this is this is not pre-recorded. But if it were and we were trying to pass it off as not well then if it was just this AI chatbot and we’ said that it was going to be us you you’d probably feel deceived right? So think of it like that and then think where else you know where else does that apply? Well I’m sure none of you would feel deceived to learn that it was our AI systems that sent you the link to join the call. I’m sure none of you would feel deceived to learn that it was our automation systems that sent you your welcome email. You know, the there’s a certain element, right? In fact, you’d probably be quite disappointed if a company you’re trying to learn about how to build an AI business from hadn’t used AI in their business, wouldn’t you? Um it would make you think, well, why are you teaching me this then? It doesn’t make sense. But we’ve got to be honest about it. You know, we’re not sitting here um saying that uh that we singlehandedly type every message and you wouldn’t expect us to, but we are saying that this is me, Chris. You’ve seen Sam, you’ve seen Georgie. We have recorded this content for you and we are here. So, we that that’s the big difference. You’ve got to be upfront about it. You’ve got to go and show um what it is that you’re actually delivering. Um I may be laboring the point now. So, let’s move on. The second one is the first time test. Now, this is this is to do with the client’s first time interacting with your company. So, if it’s their first report, you may want to, you know, send it manually. You may want to check through it a bit more. If it’s the first time a problem comes in from a client, you may want to engage with that problem yourself a bit more. Um if it’s the first, you know, first anything, it gets more attention um than if it’s just something that’s now become routine. It’s something that we do, you know, with the client every day. We’ve done it a bunch of times. We’re going to keep doing it a bunch more times. The more repeat it is, the more okay it is to automate. As long as, again, as long as we’re upfront about that fact. Now, this is a principle, not a tactic, okay? Don’t let your automation be a secret. If you’re going to automate, if you’re going to use AI, tell your clients where you’re automating and using AI. It’s really that simple. And it’s a credibility signal, not a confession. Again, the more you tell clients, look, we built this system. It’s going to do this this part for you automatically. I’m going to chip in on this part. It shows you’ve thought things through. It shows you built the system. It’s way more credible actually to have have these things happening for you. Shows you taking this seriously and running it like a business, not just some guy with a laptop sitting on the beach somewhere. Okay. So, so don’t be afraid to to tell your clients where you have automations in, especially if they ask. Now, we want to be upfront about this. Okay. So, um what does it look like? All right. So, here’s here’s some of the stages from when a client on boards to when they leave. Um and and who’s actually doing the work at each stage. Um, so the first one is the receipt of payment. Okay, so if we’re receiving payment, um, who’s receiving that? Well, it’s it’s well, it’s us receiving it obviously, but it’s it’s all automated. All right, it’s it’s happening without us doing anything. It’s um, we want to fully automate that stage. There’s no need for you to be involved there. Now, with the onboarding, look, you want to have a certain amount of involvement. All right, you might want to be the one talking to the client. You might want to ask some questions. Um, but we want to automate as much as possible. So, wherever we’ve got this little handshake symbol, that’s a combination of AI doing some of it and human doing some of it. Uh, the configuration, the activation, and the steady state daily posting. We want to keep this fully automated. Now, by configuration, activation, I mean like the research into their niche, understanding their voice. We have the plug-in from their from their output. So they give us the information, we plug it into our AI, it understands it, develops the voice, it looks for any kind of uh specific talking points and it looks for how it can um steer clear of like red uh sorry regulation points and not say things that are going to get them in trouble within their content. That we let the system do. All right. Then with the ongoing daily operations, um it’s combination. So, as we’ve said already, we’re going to let the system pull it all together into one place, create the reports, uh, deal with the Q&A, unless it requires human interruption. So, that would be things like, um, you spot checking the weekly report, still requires a human. It would be things like, as we spoke about before with our escalation of questions, if it’s something the AI feels it can handle, it will deal with it. If it’s something higher risk, it will pass it to you. All right? So there there’ll be a combin joint venture between you and the AI on that one. Um the anomaly and risk handling as I’ve just said. Yeah. So if if something comes in that is that is higher risk, it will pass it up to you. Otherwise, it will just handle it. Uh and the monthly conversations, the monthly calls and check-ins again will use the the system to pull all data for us. We might get it to give us a report before having the weekly sorry the monthly uh call with the client. um and then use ourselves for that actual call. So we we handle it. We do the halfhour phone call, we do the check-in, but we have the system collect all the data for us before that. So we’re not spending hours pulling data together. Then any offboard or renewals or churn or complaints, these kind of end of relationship stuff where we say, well, are we going to part ways or are we going to extend? This you want to be dealing with personally. All right, that’s human only. You don’t want to automate that. Otherwise, you’ll just lose that client straight away. They’re going to need the human touch at that point. They need to feel the connection so that you’re the person they want to keep working with. Okay. And um the one non-negotiable, all right, I I kind of alluded to this a couple of times. I don’t want to bang the drum on this too much, but I’m going to say it again just to really reinforce this. The non-negotiable is that we’ve got to have that element of human touch. So yes, Claude will draft your weekly report, but we have put a mechanism in place that doesn’t allow it to be sent until you add a personalized line to it. Okay, this is not something we’re suggesting. This isn’t something we’re enforcing. All right, you need to have the personal touch per client once a week. You know, we’re talking about a a 15minute input once a week to add this personal line. Okay, this is how you continue the human relationship. uh and you know without that there’s no no reason for them to continue to work with you. You know at the end of the day despite AI being a massive thing despite businesses becoming more and more automated at the end of the day we are still people making the decisions. So you need that human connection because a connection a relationship that has a good human connection attached to it will outlast the one that is just a robotic transaction. Okay, they will choose you over some other AI company that pitches in the same service but is fully automated every single day. Keep that human relationship and you’ll out compete those who are trying to do everything as um as an automation. All right, so give me a number 10 in the chat if that makes sense. By the way, give me a 10 in the chat if you’re going to be a 10 out of 10 u AI agency here. Fantastic. So good. Lots of tens. So keep that human element and you will out compete those that don’t. So three things okay three things that you get that humans uh well sorry that we have created but that you will just copy and paste our students just use now the first is slack all right every time you set up a client you’re going to create a slack channel now the slack channel will create or the slack manifest I should say will create the channels and it will create the report out and communication channel per client but once you built it once you can copy and paste it for every new client um the the make blueprint like Georgie just showed you. Um we will create that once and then we can just copy and paste it. Okay. So you actually, you know, build all the uh get get all the the modules, you connect them together, you uh give it all your credentials so it can access the right accounts, but once you’ve done it once, you just copy and paste the the blueprint for your next client and then add their credentials to it, change their voice for it. So um really really simple. Once you’ve built it once, you just copy and paste. Um and then we got our prompt library as well. So the things that you tell your system so it acts in the right way. Okay. So you build your prompts for claude once and then it can handle the operations then just simply copy it across to every channel um every time a client is added. Okay. It’s the beauty of tech here. It’s copy and paste business building. Absolutely fantastic, hugely powerful tool. Now look, this may feel confusing a little bit, but just remember for everyone who’s joining mentorship that this is broken down for you step by step. you can just follow our guide on how to set it all up and we’ve got everything ready to go for you along with the weekly calls with Georgie um and our own prompt library uh for those of you who have access to that. So you you can just use that to help build all of this. And that’s it team. So you have watched u 10 clients worth of work running on autopilot in a single sitting. Just use the tools that myself and Georgie have shown you during that session. And then the only question that you’ve got left answers left to answer is how many clients are you going to be willing to say yes to? How far do you want to take this business? Because if every client only adds an extra weekly touch point and an extra monthly call, you know, how much time have you got here? You can scale way beyond just a couple of clients. But in the next session, I’m going to show you how we can scale beyond that even further and some of the things that people get wrong when trying to set this up so you can avoid the traps that countless business owners have fallen into. All right, it’s going to be a 10-minute break, team. I will see you back here in 10 minutes. We’re going to be talking about how to build a business around this system. Have a great break. I’ll see you shortly. Bye-bye. So, welcome back everybody to session three. And in this session, we are going to be diving into how to turn all of the stuff we’ve learned so far about how to run this business. We’re going to be talking about professionalizing that inputting systems and building the business for growth. Because who’s here to get one or two clients? Yeah, not many people in the chat right now. Give me a five in the chat if you’re here to grow something far bigger than just a couple of clients. You actually want to generate some lifechanging wealth from this. That’s you. Give me a five in the chat right now. I can see them coming in already. Loads of fives. So, you’re going to want to pay attention in this session because we are going to be talking about how to turn this from a single person operation into how to scaling it up to well, as far as you want. Now, personally, I have run three agencies that have all exceeded 10 million pounds of revenue in each year. Now, the way I’ve done that is by not relying on myself. Sounds counterintuitive, I know. Well, surely you know Chris, you’re the if you’re running the agency, don’t you have to then rely on yourself? Well, yeah. Look, I’m in decision-m and this is where we need to get you with with this session. We need to understand how to be professionalize it, but also how to take you out of the picture so you’re not the one trying to do everything. Now, again, like that’s that’s my example, but take other people. You know, think about Jeff Bezos. He started Amazon in his garage with a laptop. He was one person, one laptop and just a load of passion. But today, Amazon has over 1.5 million employees globally. Same person, Jeff’s still there. Same passion, same enthusiasm. But what changed? What changed was structure, was systems, was professionalization, and was processes. Now, time is your biggest limit. Okay? We all have 24 hours in a day. It doesn’t matter whether you’re the guy on the street with a begging cup or you’re Jeff Bezos with one and a half million employees. Those two people have the same amount of time in the day. But what’s very different is how they use those hours. Okay? If you’re in employee mindset, you’re trading that time for money. If I work one hour, I get paid for one hour. If you’re in business owner mindset, we need to be thinking, well, for one hour of work, how many multiples of that hour of output can I create? Okay, the business has to replace your time. Otherwise, that will become your very very quickly become your single biggest constraint. Now, some of the stuff I’m going to go through in this isn’t going to be the sexy stuff. All right? It’s not the how to get 10 clients in the next, you know, 60 days. But what it is is the difference between doing this yourself and maybe getting a couple of clients and building an agency that far outlasts you. So, give me a one in the chat. If you’re ready to dive into this and understand how to build your business, give me a one in the chat. Fantastic. Loads of ones. Let’s dive into the content here. Now, the first thing I want to tell you about, excuse me, is running it as a business. Okay. Now, look, there’s two ways you can do this. You I could do it as me, Chris, running as an agent, but then I’m just me, Chris. What I want you to do, and what every successful business here will need to do, is run this as a business. That means go and register a legal entity. Now, there’s tons of benefits of doing this, but let me start you off with a real story about why you need to do this, just to understand this first point on our slides here, limiting your personal risk because a really good friend of mine, really smart guy, well, really smart marketer, okay? He landed a great client. It was a $50,000 contract. The trouble was everything was verbal. There was no formal written agreement. He hadn’t set up a company and protected his interest that way. So when the client had an issue and blamed my friend for that issue, he was sued for breach of contract. Now the case wasn’t really valid. There wasn’t technically a breach of contract, but the contract didn’t exist and all the liability was on him as a person. Now because he was a soul trader and they wanted to sue, that meant they went after him. Okay, that went they went after his personal assets. His house was the one at risk. he had to pay the legal cost to defend himself. That was $15,000 of out-ofpocket expense and he lost the court case. So, not only did he get sued for the $50,000, he also had to pay the illegal fees. And because there was no business structure in between him and the client, it was his things at risk. Now, with one simple change here, registering as a limited liability entity, now whether that be an LLC, whether it be an LTD, whether it be a GmbH, you know, the terms are different in different countries, but if you register as this limited company, you he wouldn’t have been the one being sued, okay? It would have been his company. What that means is that all of his stuff, the things that belong to him, they remain safe. They’re still his. So, okay, what’s the worst case scenario? Let’s look at that. The worst case scenario is, okay, the company gets sued. Maybe the company can’t afford the lawsuit. The company goes under, but my house, my car, my children’s future, it’s still safe. It’s still mine. They can’t touch that. My liability is limited. So, the first thing we got to do is protect ourselves. Now, the second thing is that if you run as a business, you’re going to be way more tax efficient. Now, obviously tax rules differ country by country. if you’re in the US even state by state right so there’s going to be different setups around this but generally speaking across the board regardless of country you can be far more tax efficient if you invest and you build this business as a company you got multiple levers you can pull you know if you’re a soul trader and you make 50k well then you’re getting taxed on that 50k all right because it’s all your income so you’re getting taxed on the full amount if you run it as a business well then you can start using taxdeductible expenses you can pay yourself salaries. You can have business expenses run through the company. You know, anything legitimate business expenses that helps move your business forward can reduce your profit and therefore your tax. Anything that you do make as profits, you can take dividends on. Again, dividends generally tax at lesser rates than income and therefore are a more tax efficient method to get this out. Now, this means that you’re going to reduce that tax bill. Now, you might be thinking, well, Chris, I haven’t made any money yet. Why are we talking about tax? We got to start with the end in mind here, team. All right? We got to start with thinking, well, if I’m going to build wealth, how am I going to keep that wealth? How am I not going to have it all taxed away from me straight away? And do running this as a business gives you so many more options. Now, you’re going to have to run this by an accountant as well. All right? You’re going to have to run it by an accountant because the different advice will be different in each different territory, excuse me, territory. So, your country specific accountant will give you countrysp specific tax advice on how to get the money out of your business in the best possible way. Further than that, it’s going to give you far more credibility. If you’re coming as a business, if you’re findable online, if you’re if you’re um you know, you have a legal registered entity that’s insured, that’s set up, that has track record, you’re going to have far higher trust. Now, a lot of companies will have requirements for who they work with. Okay? And that means that they have to have certain insuranceances in place. They have to have certain um you know, evidence of them existing online. And if you want to win these bigger contracts where you’re going to have the higher fees and the higher retainers, then you’re going to need to have that online presence, that ability for people to go and check you out and look you up and find stuff. So, it’s going to make you appear far more professional, even if you’re just starting out, by the way, because there’s something there beyond just you. On top of that, by the way, give me a give me a two in the chat. Who is here building this business because they want something that outlasts them? who’s here doing it for something beyond their own, you know, perhaps financial gain. I’m going to wager that a vast majority of people on this call right now are here because they want to leave something for a family. They want to grow something for people that they care about. And by the way, if that’s not you and you just want to make a load of money, hey, kudos to you. No, no judgment here at all. But the the thing is, if you run as a business, you will have far more options around estate planning as well. All right? You can bring family members into the business as shareholders. You can then start paying off dividends to shareholders. You know, you can start having contingency plans. If it’s just you and it’s all on you, the moment you step out in front of a bus, the moment you get sick, the moment something happens, the business stops. Okay? As a soul trader, as just yourself, you are risking it all because you are the one that it stops with. As soon as you’re out of the picture, as soon as you want to take a sick day, your business stops. start running it as a business, build in the systems, build in the automations that we’re going to be talking about and you will have a company that can run without you. You know, you become a part of it rather than the whole thing. Now, also, if you want to leave something behind and you want to be able to leave something for kids, number five in the chat, by the way, if you’ve got some kids and you want to leave something for them, pop a five in the chat. Yeah. Okay. Lots of people, actually. So, if that’s you, then um this is the way that you can start to to bring your kids into the picture. Now I have two daughters. Um they uh they are not yet shareholders because they’re too young to be. But the plan within our family is that they will one day become shareholders of the business. They will start to be able to draw dividends. They’ll start to be able to take salaries. Uh and hey look, even if they want to do their own thing and go on their own career path, that’s completely cool. The thing is it gives them something that they can always fall back to. And on top of that as well, if we want to build something beyond ourselves, if we want to grow something large, at some point you may want to access some capital. Okay? You may want to attract some investors. You may want to take out loans for your business to help you grow it. If you want to be able to do that stuff, running as a company is essential. Okay? Banks, investors, loan companies, they’re all going to want to see some track record. They’re all going to want to see some kind of legal entity there that they can lend against. So, a bunch of reasons there why you need to be running as a limited company. All right? But the biggest one for me is the top two. All right? It’s limiting that personal risk. is building that tax efficiency so that you can run this efficiently. Give me number five. That all makes sense. By the way, if you can see now just how uh you know powerful a limited company structure is and how it derisks things massively for you. Okay. Amazing. Good. So the next thing I want to talk to you about guys is um the the structure and the responsibility that comes with that structure. Because here’s the thing. If you’re going to run a company and you’re going to become a director of a company, you then have obligations. All right? it becomes uh there comes with a set of legal responsibilities. So as a director you’ve got to do certain things. Firstly, probably quite obvious, you’ve got to act within the law. All right? If your company starts breaking the law, the director is the one legally responsible for that. So follow the law. Register your proper your your company properly. Keep your records, you know, be honest about what you do. Don’t mislead customers. No, be honest about what you earn. Don’t pay employees cash under the table. Keep it all above board and on the books. The the problem is if you cut corners, you’ll get caught. You know, ultimately audits happen. All right? Whether it be from the tax the tax service, you know, HMRC here in the UK, uh, Inland Revenue, whoever the local tax company, uh, the tax services in your country, they will audit you at some point. And if you have been cutting corners, if you’ve been doing shady stuff, it’s going to come back to bite you. There are fines, there are penalties, there’s reputational damage. If it’s bad enough, there can even be criminal charges. So, just follow the law, guys. It’s pretty simple, really. Just abide by the law. If you’re a company, you’re going to have to file some accounts as well. At the end of each uh tax year, you have to file your accounts. Even if you’re the only employee, all right? Your company still has to declare its profits. So, even if there’s a small profit, you will need to file your annual accounts and pay corporation tax or company tax on those profits. Again, rates vary in different states, in different countries, so you’re going to want to get a local accountant for this, okay? They will help keep you um uh above board and following the right process. Now, if you employ people, which again, if we’re following the stuff we’re going to talk about in this session, ultimately you’re going to have some employees in the business doing things for you instead of trying to do everything yourself or just automating everything. But if you’re going to have employees, there comes a whole new swamp of requirements, employment rights. Okay? Now, again, these vary by country, by state. So, again, get local advice for this. But the point I want you to understand here is that if you’re going to have employees, you got to treat them fairly. That means even if there’s one contractor, there’s certain rules you got to follow. There’s minimum wages you’ve got to follow. There’s got to be contracts. There’s got to be records. But these vary by country. So get to know the rules in your country. Now, assuming we’re going to grow, if we’re going to grow this business at some point, we’re going to have so much revenue coming in that we’re going to hit VAT here in the UK or sales tax elsewhere. and you’re going to have to uh register for sales tax and start to charge this additional tax on your payments. Now again that varies by country so I can’t give you one overarching rule for this but you know different governments come in they change the rules and different states change the rules. So this does require local knowledge and for that reason there is one golden rule here is to work with a local accountant. Now, but by that I mean if you’re in Spain, don’t hire an accountant based in Wisconsin. Okay? It seems pretty obvious, right? But I see it all the time. People hiring accountants from the other side of the planet just because either they got a better price or the guy sounded good on the phone. Look, you need a local expert. All right? Get somebody who’s based in your territory because if you’re going to sell globally, you got to understand tax locally as well. There’s also stuff like data protection. In Europe, we have the GDPR rules. uh you got the CCPA in California, others elsewhere, but you got to handle that all of them basically say the same thing. The thing is you got to handle data privately and securely. If you breach data protection rules, you’re going to get you’re going to get fines. So, uh make sure you understand the rules in your country because if the business [ __ ] up, you are the one responsible as the director. So, I’ve already got it here. Look, the solution is get a good accountant. Get one who knows your country’s rule. Okay? Okay. Now, you might be thinking, “Oh my god, this sounds so complicated.” You don’t need to know every single thing inside and out, every every line of tax code. You don’t need to know that. But you need somebody on your team who does. The solution is simple. A great accountant will fix all these problems. Okay. Now, moving on to operationals design. Let’s get into some of the actual building things here. Now, I’ve already said to you, look, your time is not um it’s not infinitely scalable. All right? You have a finite amount of time. And the problem is that is as soon as you try and do everything yourself and you don’t build this beyond you, you become the bottleneck to your own business. You become your business’s biggest problem. I know it sounds ironic. It sounds contradictory, but it’s the fact if you are the hard truth is this. If every single client and every single decision has to go through you, you’re probably going to be able to handle about five clients. At that point, you’re just not going to be able to scale. You’re going to be so much in the operations that if you haven’t automated, you haven’t built this beyond yourself, you’re just going to burn out if you try to grow. And you’re going to find, excuse me, that you have less time to actually focus on the growth because for every client you add, you add this much delivery. You add client one, you got this much delivery, but now you add client two, now this much of your time is in delivery. Add client three, now this much of your time is in delivery. Well, what’s left for growth? It’s it’s getting smaller and smaller, isn’t it? the chunk over here is getting s squeezed and squeezed and squeezed. So by the time you hit five clients, the amount of time if you if you haven’t automated stuff, if you haven’t built beyond yourself, the amount of time you have actually to grow the company is is next to nothing and you’re going to get stressed. You’re going to get overwhelmed. You’re going to burn out. You are not running a business at that point. Okay? You have a job. Okay? You’re going to have a job. You’re going to hate it and you’re going to be overwhelmed. So we need to build some systems and scalable systems within this. Now there’s three levels to this. All right. The first one I want to focus on is client on boarding. Now that means instead of when you get a client um and trying to do everything yourself and trying to just follow uh you know maybe a system that you’ve got but without any automation, we want to start and and doing everything manually. Sorry. We want to start automating this from day one. So let’s think about client on boarding. All right. What happens when a client signs up? Well, we’ve got to send them a welcome email, right? We got to thank them for their business. We got to lay out the terms. We’ve got to remind them what they’ve bought. We got to give them receipts. We got to do all that stuff. Now, you can sit there and type that out every time if you want, but again, it’s going to take up too much time. So, we want to start setting up things to run automatically. We need autogenerated emails. We need a welcome email that goes out as soon as somebody clicks the buy page on your sales page. Automatically, the welcome email summarizing everything they’ve got goes sent out to them. Now, how many emails have I had to write there? Well, it’s one, isn’t it? I write the template and I let the system send it up for me. Again, I could I could take out my phone. I could start booking people in for calls on my phone or I could set up a calendarly setting so that people can book calls. I tell I tell the system when I’m available and people can just book the time slots whenever they want. I don’t have to call people up. I don’t have to text people reminders. They get a link and they book their call. We want autoc contracting. Again, there’s tons of different softwares you can use for this, but we want contract templates set up that then get sent out that also confirm payment automatically. We want to set up welcome sequences so that certain things happen in the right order without us having to manually send it out every time. And every time we have a um an automation or a report to be sent out and we want to send deliverables again, if we can collect all that data automatically without having to go shopping for all of our data and putting it all together and then emailing it to the client and we can just set up a system that does all that for us, then we are going to save so much time. So with automation, you’re going to spend about 30 minutes setting each client up. But then after that it runs itself versus five to six hours per client trying to do it all yourself and then actually send it and then every time you get a new client it’s another six hours and another six hours it’s going to get overwhelming with automation 30 minutes set up the client set up the automations and then it runs from itself. So huge savings in time available to you in client onboarding. What about reporting? Okay, once we’ve got these clients, we’re running their business uh their business outreach for them. We’re running their marketing for them. We want to be able to give them reporting cuz it, you know, fair enough. Those clients are going to want to know how things are going. Now, again, if you want to do this all yourself, you can spend, you know, three, four, five hours a week pulling everything together, going through looking at the stats, you know, analyzing data on an Excel spreadsheet and sending them a custom bespoke report. Hey, they’re probably going to love it, but it’s not scalable. It’s taking too much of your time. So, we want to set up automations here as well. So, we get an automated data pool. We use stuff like make that we’ve already spoken about. We use things like make, pull this data together, build it into a weekly report, and instead of you having to do all of that kind of scraping around time, you can just review the report, recommend any alterations from your side and send it out to the clients. So, we’re taking without automation, we’re looking at two to three, you know, maybe even up to five hours a week of just pulling data together and sending out reports. But with automations again once once we set it up once it runs every time. And again the great thing about this is it’s completely duplicable. Every client’s going to get the same report right. So once we built the system once we go copy paste and then our system is ready for the next client. So it makes the setup for every client almost instantaneous. Okay. There’s there’s just minutes of time required instead of hours. And then you can spend your time, you know, uh 15 to 30 minutes a week reviewing those reports, giving any personal touches to it and sending out to the clients instead. Now, what about beyond that as well? Well, then we also want to think about our follow-ups. You know, once clients contracts come to an end, we may get to the end of contract, we want to think about renewals. We don’t want to lose clients, right? If we’re getting paid retainers, we want to keep those retainers rolling. You know, if we’re providing a value and they’re getting value and you want to keep earning, we’ve got to keep the contract going. So, we want to think about how we can also automate things like upselles. Uh, think about how we can ask for testimonials and reviews. Think about how we can get reminders sent out automatically. So, let’s say you’ve got your client set up, everything’s running, you’ve got your reports going out, they’re happy, you’re happy. Instead of having to pick up the phone and call them and say, “Hey, Bill, it’s been great working with you. Look, I’d really appreciate a testimonial.” We could send them a pre-recorded video that we record once saying, “Hey, look, hopefully you’ve enjoyed uh working with us so far. You’ve got the results. We would love it if you would be able to share a quick 5 minute video of how uh the the process has been so far. Here’s the talking points A B CDE E.” Um, and send that out to them automatically instead of you having to do it every single time. Um, same with contract renewal. Again, instead of tracking your contracts and trying to work out, well, when does that first client finish and then I’ve got five clients now, so I’ve got five contract renewal dates that I need to keep track of. Well, let’s automate that. Okay? So, we we teach our system when does our contract renew? And then 30 days before the end of that contract, we start sending out the renewals. Okay? Now, again, if we we can automate client feedback as well. If we if we see that the client has stopped being responsive, if they’re not coming back to us for questions, if there’s no check-ins from the client, we can set up sequences that run without us there as well. The key rule is that you can’t do any of this stuff unless you understand the system yourself. So do it yourself once, understand the system, and then critically document what you want. Now again, could be rough and ready to start with, that’s fine. Maybe a checklist, maybe a walk through, but understand what happens in what order. checklist it out and then build systems and automations around it to do it for you. Give me a seven, by the way, if you’re liking the idea of a of a business here that runs without you. You’re starting to get an idea of the different things that can be automated so they’re done without you. Okay, great. Loads of sevens. Perfect. That’s what we like to see. All right, so next moving on. We got to get paid. Um, who’s here to get paid, by the way? Number one in the chat if you want to make some money. Absolutely right. We all want to make some money. So, we’ve got to have a way of getting paid. So, this is one of the first things we’re going to do when we set this business up. We’ve got to have payment gateways. Now, um the most obvious one and probably one of the biggest ones in the world is called Stripe. Thing with Stripe is it’s not available in every country, okay? It’s available in about 40 countries around the world. Now, if you’re not one of those 40s, you’re going to need a plan B. Okay? Now, luckily, there’s a bunch of others out there um that work all over the place. They each have their strengths and weaknesses. Um, but yeah, just to name some of them here, we got Wise. They are global and growing. We got Revolute. Again, same. PayPal. Probably everyone’s heard of PayPal. Pretty much works everywhere. Um, less ideal. Okay. Not quite as implement uh integrable with certain systems, but again, available pretty much everywhere. Um, and then country specific gateways. You know, if you’re if you’re in a smaller country maybe that doesn’t have access to Stripe, you may have a local payment gateway option that is just based in your country. But but the main thing here is team always have more than one. All right. Now, we have a couple. In fact, we actually have three set up in our businesses um just as the ultimate reassurance, the ultimate safety blanket because what we don’t want to do is have a client who wants to pay us money and us not be able to charge the client. Okay? It’s the worst thing. Your business doesn’t exist if you can’t collect payments. So, Stripe, if it’s available, have a backup option as well. So, if for any reason Stripe doesn’t work, and it happens, by the way, we’ve had it multiple times where the our our preferred payment gateway either fails or if we have too many people signing up at once, maybe it it hits a bug, we need to have that backup available to be able to send people payment links. Otherwise, if you’re not collecting income, your business stops, okay, you don’t have a business, right? So, let’s get two of those set up to make sure that you are safe. Now, we also want to talk about revenue. All right, if we’ve we’ve got our payment gateway in, we want to talk about earning our money. Now, one-off transactional payments, they’re great. Look, they do the job. You get some money in. But the problem with being paid once is that you’ve then been paid. Sounds obvious, right? But so many businesses are set up this way. I do one thing, I get paid one time. I go and find my next customer. I do one thing, I get paid one time. You know, there’s not that many people that have a recurring revenue model, but it has become more popular lately, and there’s a massive reason for that. Subscription models have become more popular. You can get your protein shake on subscription. I buy coffee on subscription. You know, things that just come every month. I don’t even have to think about it. You know, sometimes, ever happened to you, by the way, where you get your subscription lands on your doorstep. You haven’t actually finished the first one yet, but the next one’s come anyway. They’ve made their money anyway. I’ve got about four packets of coffee in my shelves right now because I’m not drinking enough coffee. It keeps reminding me I need to go and change that subscription to to make it less frequent. But the point is they’re making their money. It’s a great business model. They’re making their money every month. Whether I need it or not, I’ve subscribed to it. Now, again, we need to make sure we’re not selling something that people don’t need, but we can build this business in a way that we get paid every month instead of just oneoff. Okay? Because if we do it oneoff, then you’re done. It’s transactional. You’ve got no income. You got to hustle for the next customer and you get what’s called lumpy cash flow. You land a customer, you get payday, you’re going out eating, you’re celebrating, and then 30 days later you haven’t been paid again. So, we need to go and find another customer and then get paid again. You can’t hire because you don’t know what your income is. You can’t automate as well because you don’t know how what softwares you can do. And it makes planning so much harder if you got to fight for every single customer and therefore fight for every payday. So, we want to set this up in a recurring revenue model. Okay. Now, that means that we land our client once, we do the work and get paid, but then we have a recurring revenue element to it as well. Because with that retainer model that we’re talking about here, if you can negotiate a 12 thou uh sorry, £2,000 a month predictable recurring revenue, then you know what your your business looks like for the next 12 months. Add another client, great, it’s another 2K a month. Add another client, great, it’s another 2K a month. Now, I can start planning stuff. I can go, well, now I’ve got five clients and I’m getting 10K a month. I can plan in, well, maybe do I need my first VA. Do I want to bring somebody in who’s going to cost me, let’s say, $1,500 a month. Um, well, I know that I can afford that now because I know what my monthly recurring is. Maybe do I want to look at my next piece of software, and I can plan all of this in far far better than going, brilliant, I’ve got 5K, I’ve hit the one-off or 4K, I’ve hit one-off payment. Now I’m watching that erode if I try and hire someone or I try and pay uh pay for software because I don’t know when that next payment’s coming. It makes it so much more stressful, so much more harder to plan. Now, we got to position this with a client as well. A client may ask you for a one-off payment, okay? They may ask you to pay off one time, and we can do that, but the trouble is you need to be focusing on this retainer as well because if you don’t, then it’s not going to give you that that consistency. Now, the way you want to explain this to your client is say, “Well, look, I can deliver the project for you one off, but then there’s no support. If it goes wrong, there’s no one picking up the phone. If it if it doesn’t work 6 months from now, if the market changes or the the algorithms change and how we’re doing this, it’s done. There’s no there’s no ongoing support. What works way better is where we deliver the project and we monitor this for you and we refine it and we optimize it and we tweak it and we we figure out for you what’s working best and what’s not working. change it to get you the best results. So that’s how we need to explain this. Okay. Now, that will give you that that stability, that recurring cash flow. But I picked up on a word there that I really need to emphasize, and that is cash flow. All right? You need to make sure that there’s enough money coming through your business. And this is the biggest killer of businesses, by the way, is failing to manage cash flow. Because the thing is, as soon as you get paid or sorry, as soon as you land your client, you’re going to get paid once you deliver the project. But you have to incur your costs up front. So every client incurs you a few extra costs. Okay? You got to deliver from day one, but you going to invoice 30 days from then, right? But you got to pay your VA on day five. You got to pay your subscriptions for your softwares on day 10. Maybe you got your make subscription coming out on day 15. Before you know it, you’re getting paid at the end of the month when you’ve incurred all your costs up front. We got to manage this cash flow. Firstly, try and get paid up front so that you always have the buffer in your account. But secondly, always leave that buffer in an account. Okay? Now, we have a rule in our business. We have 90-day buffer. That means if I don’t make a penny of revenue in any of my agencies, I know that the cash in account will cover us for 90 days. That’s all my staff salaries. That’s all my subscription salaries. It’s all my operating expenses. So for just to put some numbers to this, if my operating expenses were 10K a month, I want to build up a buffer of 30K. So I know that if I don’t make a penny of revenue, I’m at least covered for 3 months. Now again, it’s very unlikely that I’m making a penny of revenue, but the point is it creates safety. If something happens like um I don’t know, a global pandemic, not that they ever happen, right? But if something happens and the world goes crazy for a few months, we need to have that buffer in there. All right, give me a five if this making sense. By the way, if you can see the importance of having that safety net there, you can see why you’ve got to build up this this buffer in the account so that you’re running this like a business. You’re keeping it professional and you’re going to keep that safety net there. Now, look, if a client does not want to do a retainer model, which is always what we’re going to suggest, all right, we always want to get that retainer. But if a client’s like, “Look, I’d rather pay more but only one time.” Fine. We’re not going to turn business away. But there’s got to be a premium for that because what you’re doing there is you’re otherwise you’re just devaluing your services. You got to charge them a premium for a one-off payment. Okay? So cash flow and profit, they are not the same thing. Revenue does not equal profit team. Okay? So if you see loads of people going, “Oh, I’ve just made 5K from my agency.” Well, do they mean 5K revenue? Do they mean 5K profit? We got to break this down. And I want to show you in this session here why automation is your profit’s best friend and therefore your best friend as well. Because let’s say, let’s look at it. If we did everything manually, all right, we’ll take the manual example first. If we make £5,000 uh sorry, $5,000 sale and we collected 5k in cash, but we’re going to deliver it all manually. We’re going to get a VA to do it. We’re not going to do it ourselves. We’re going to get a VA to do it, but then we got to pay that VA. Let’s say they they they earn $1,500 and then we got to pay for our tools, our softwares, go high level, etc. And maybe we’re running some advertising and we’ve got our software and our accountants fees. At the end of it, our profit is actually 2,200. Okay, now that there’s a big difference, right? But if we automate, you will save a huge amount because the second client doesn’t have recurring costs. Without the automation, every new client adds this stack of costs. Okay? Every new client requires additional virtual assistant time. So that means that every new client makes you 2,200 because you replicate your costs. But if you only uh sorry if you automate every new client that you then add only adds the extra subscriptions or licensing costs and the the small amount of time in setting it up. So client one may still incur all of these costs minus the BA right if we’re automating but after that every client only adds an extra license cost or only adds a bit of extra time so it’s far more profitable. So fully automated, sorry, completely unautomated, five clients following these numbers is going to make you 11k of profit. But if we automate it and therefore we’re only adding an extra couple of hundred dollars a month of cost, well then that same five clients makes us 21K with a hell of a lot less of our time and management built in because it’s again it’s a set and forget system. We set it up once, we let it run. We do minimal input just to review it and give that client a personal touch. Now, beyond this, we want to build some financial dashboards. You know, you want to track your metrics. If you want to run this professionally, you’ve got to track the pulse of your business. And businesses have different pulses, right? They have different key performance indicators, KPIs. Now, some of those are um MRR, monthly recurring revenue. Okay? Our monthly recurring revenue is the amount of money that comes in every month and we know it’s coming in because we signed a contract for a fixed period with a monthly recurring revenue. We got to track that because that’s how we plan our operating costs. We also want to track our operating costs. How much money are we spending per month to be able to deliver for that client and obviously we want to keep a big buffer. We want to keep our profit margin intact because once you take your monthly recurring revenue, your monthly recurring operating costs, that gives you your profit margin. And we want to track that margin as well. If we see our operating cost ballooning without our revenue expanding well and and therefore our net profit margin shrinking, we got a problem. We got something broken in the system. We got to fix this. Now, these KPIs, your key performance indicators, are how we keep track of the health of our business. It’s how we make sure that things are running smoothly. And they’re like your early warning system, okay? They tell you if things are going wrong. One of the big ones to track is turn rate. Okay? If you start to see a churn rate, and by that I mean the number of clients not renewing or dropping off and you having to go find new clients to replace them. If you start to see your churn rate increasing, well then you know you got a problem. Something’s not working. Something in the system is not providing the value the client expected. They’re not happy with the service. We got to go on and find out what these problems are so we can fix them. Okay. We also want to track our costs per client. Again, if you start to see that you’ve overdone it on some of your softwares or you’ve overdone it on some licenses or you’re starting to put too much time into each client and you see that cost per client increasing, you need to step back and look at your system. What have I what have I designed in wrong here? Where am I spending too much time? Where have I added too much cost to this process? Now, one to keep mind of is cash and bank. But this comes with a health warning because so many business owners and some really good friends of mine as well do this. But so many business owners will track the health of their business based on what’s in their bank right now. They land a big client, they get this big payment, they go, “Hey, I’m I’m a millionaire. I’m making so much money. Look at my bank account.” And then they forget that there’s cost to pay out of that and they start spending based on the revenue. We can’t do that. We got to spend based on profit. Okay? We got to know how much is actually ours. How much how much do the uh do the do the Inland Revenue want? How much do HMRC want? How much of that is VAT or sales tax? How much of that is due to our employees? We got to keep track of these things. Cash in bank is a good like spot check on your business, but it is not long-term health. Do not trick yourself into thinking that the cash you have today is the cash you’re always going to have. You know, one of my agencies, for example, we we get uh we have quite a few credit clients, right? They pay at the end of the month. We deliver for them um and we incur costs throughout the month. So at the end of the month, our account goes like the balance jumps up and I’m looking at it at the end of the month going, “Hey, this is great.” You know, everything’s going perfectly, everything’s going great. And then all the salaries go out and I go, “Oh, it’s fine.” Then all the sales tax get moved to the savings account and it’s dropped down again. Look, if I if I made decisions on my business based on the end of the month balance versus like the fifth of the month balance, I’d be making totally different decisions. And that’s a risky place to be because you’re not making decisions at that point based on fact. You’re making decisions based on a number on a sheet at that one point in time. What we need to do is track our profits. Understand the monthly profit because that is way more powerful and way more informative for you than just the cash you got in your bank right now. Okay? Do not fall into that trap. I guarantee you will at some point. All right? It’s okay. You’re going to look at your account after you’ve been paid and go, “This is amazing. We I can spend all this money.” And then remember that you’ve got obligations and things to pay. But look, the main thing is if we’re automating this, I’ve shown you in the profit margins app. If you automate it, the profit margin is going to be so much higher for you anyway. All right. Now, building this dashboard, tracking these KPIs, this is going to give you a health check on your business on an ongoing basis. It’s going to make managing that business far far easier for you as well. Now, we talked about automation. Automation is definitely where you want to start, but at some point, if you’re growing this beyond just a few clients, you’re going to want to hire some people as well. Now, the first trap myself and loads of people in business make, I have fall into this one on a few occasions, just to be honest. Um, the trap that you fall into is hiring too late or hiring for the wrong reasons. Now, I’ve done it loads of times where I get really, really busy and go, I need to hire somebody. I need somebody to take this part of my job off my plate. But the problem is I’ve left it too late and I’ve got so busy doing that job that actually going and advertising for people becomes harder. You know, actually interviewing those people becomes harder. Training that person becomes harder because my time’s been squashed. You got to hire ahead. Okay? Now, it’s harder to do because you feel like you’re hiring before you actually need it. And the reality is you are. But you’ve got to do that because if you don’t, your time gets gobbled up and you don’t have the time to bring that right person in. Find them, selecting the right person and training that person will be uh will be a time commitment. So you got to do it before you need it. So how do we decide which things we do first? Well, ask yourself first, what do you hate doing? Okay, if you hate preparing the reports and going through the data and and making recommendations, have somebody come in to do that for you. If you hate running ads or you don’t have the skills to run ads, maybe you’re just bad at it, maybe you don’t have that skill. Number two, you’re just bad at the thing, then then don’t try to train yourself to become an expert in everything. Okay? There’s loads of stuff in my companies I don’t do. I wouldn’t know how to do. I don’t try to know how to do that. What I do is I bring in somebody who is an expert in that. Okay, we we’re doing a massive system implementation in one of my businesses at the moment. Uh one of the agency businesses we’re building brand new booking platform. Uh we got a load of developers in uh they’re project managing the development. I don’t have a clue what they’re doing half the time because they’re talking in language that I don’t even understand. Talking in code stuff. No idea what’s going on. But what I have got is I got Tony. Okay, he’s my project manager on this. He’s managing that development. The end of the week, he comes, he gives me a summary. He talks to me in English and I understand because it’s not developer, it’s not developer language. And he says, “Right, here’s what we’ve done this week. Here’s what we need to do next week. These are the decisions I need your input in.” And then that’s that. Okay. I don’t try to become an expert in coding to work on the coding project that we’ve got going on right now because it would take too much time. Okay? I firstly, yes, I would hate doing it, but also I’m bad at it. So, I put the right people in place. Think like that and it will go a long way to getting you to to to to growth and to success. Okay. Now, you can’t put someone in place until you understand the scope of what you want them to do. You got to document things. Okay. We need checklists. We need understanding of what needs to be created here. And we need to understand a process. So, we need to document our tasks. Again, rough is fine. Just checklists. things like video walkthroughs, checklists, um project specs, outcomes you want to create, things that give someone guidance, because here’s the thing. If you can’t explain it to yourself, you can’t explain it to somebody else. You can’t train somebody on that. Now, again, I’ll take this coding example for instance. I didn’t try and work out the lines of code that I need to type to create the booking platform we needed to create. I’d have been wasting my time. I’d have been there for decades. What I created was an outcome that I want. I want a system that does this. These are the features I want and these are the skills I need the person who’s going to manage this to have. And then I brought in the expert to project manage this and find the developers. Right? So we create our rough guidance, we create our outcome and what we want that person to do and then we bring them in. Now you can test this as well, but let’s let’s take it back to like um more relatable stuff. Okay, let’s say that we don’t want to uh do follow-ups. All right, maybe you don’t want to do sales calls and you just want to bring someone in to run calls for you. Well, instead of just going straight to an employee and hiring somebody and and kind of gambling on are they the right person and have you got your your your script right and do you understand the benefits of your service to be able to teach them how to sell your service before testing on that? Why not and giving someone a load of employment rights that that may or may not be the right person. Why not test it with an outsource hire? There’s loads of freelancing websites out there. Upwork, Fiverr, uh Freelance, there’s loads of them. People per hour is another great one. Now, you can give somebody a trial on there, and there’s lots of freelancers that that advertise their services. You can go on to hire them later, but you can take them on on a couple of month trial. See if you know get test your process. Have I explained things right that allows this person to sell that product or that service? And then if they’re great, then offer them a permanent contract. You don’t need to dive feet first into employing somebody. You can test this with freelancers first. Refine things. They may give you some great feedback. Again, I’ve I’m not going to lie to you anybody. I’ve had failed hires in the past. All right? I’ve had people come into my businesses that I didn’t explain things well to that couldn’t do their jobs effectively. Now, I’ve got some great feedback from that process. I’ve got some great learnings from that. I’ve had people go, “Well, I just don’t understand this part of the service. I don’t understand what we do in this instance.” Well, that that’s great feedback for me. I can refine my process, refine how I’m teaching that person to sell the thing that they need to sell and then improve the output. But by testing it on freelancers, it gives us less risk. All right? You’re not as bought into the decision. You don’t have to give them employment rights. You don’t have to give them recurring salaries. If things don’t work out, you can terminate a contract without lots of legal ramifications. And when hiring, I want to introduce you to what I call the three times rule or the 3x rule. Now, I if I’m hiring somebody into a role, there’s a cost to do that. Let’s say that cost is 15 grand a year, right? If it’s a virtual assistant, let’s say they’re based in a lower lower labor cost part of the world, uh, and they’re working just a few hours. And let’s say it’s going to cost me 15 $15,000 a year to hire this VA. I need them to allow my business to do at least three times the revenue that they’re costing the business. Now, let me explain that. If I’m busy doing something and I’m happy to do the selling and I’m happy to do the onboarding of clients, but I need somebody to take the operational stuff off me. If I’m going to pay them 15 grand a year, I need that 15 grand to allow me to sell at least 45 grand a year. So, I’m three times in the cost to my business. So, every time I bring somebody in, there has to be a return on that investment. Now, that might not be as obvious as, right, I’m hiring someone for 15K. I need them to sell 45K for me. For sales people, it’s really easy, right? You’re you’re hiring somebody that has to create more than more revenue than they cost. But for people like support staff or admin staff or operational teams, they need to free up capacity for growth that exceeds the value of the cost. All right, give me a five in the chat if that makes sense. By the way, if you understand that you’ve got to have a a multiplier. If you just bring somebody in and they cost you 15 grand, but they create space for 15 grand, well, there’s no growth there. There’s no point in doing it. You may as well just carried on doing it yourself. But if you bring somebody in, there’s got to be a return on that investment. A return on the time you spend hiring them, selecting them, training them, and investing them. And for me, that’s three times. All right. Loads of fives coming in here as well. Great. That’s good that that’s hitting. All right. So, who should we hire first? All right. All right, who should we hire first? Well, I’ve given you a bit of a guide there. Firstly, what do you hate doing? What are you bad at? Okay, they’re they’re great places to start hiring. If you can’t fully automate it or you don’t want to automate it to the point that you’re going to alienate your client, and you need some physical interaction between you and a client, um, bring people in that will free up your time the most, take you out of doing the things you hate the most, take you out of the things you’re not skilled in the most. So, that might mean things like reporting, might mean things like admin and VA work. Now for that a virtual assistant is perfect. Okay, they can pull stuff together for you. You can automate things um to the point that the human touch is required. They can then provide that human touch that gives you a great return on investment. It kills all the like the bureaucratic admin stuff because that is such a time sap. Now the automations we spoke about earlier with make are going to do a lot of that for you already. Here we’re talking about once you’ve grown beyond that and you need someone to do something with the output of those automations. Now, by having somebody deal with the admin bits, it’s going to free tens of hours a week. Okay? Now, that tens of hours, you can do what you want with that. You can go and sell to more clients. You can bring more clients in, grow faster. Hey, maybe you just want to sit back and enjoy 10 hours a week to do things, you know, spend time with your family, do things that you love doing, follow your passions. Um, it’s up to you at that point, right? Um, now, if you if you’re in growth mindset here as well, you may start start to want to advertise your services. You may be going, “Oh, look this dripy stuff. This is great. this is bringing me some good leads, but I want some people coming to me. I don’t want to just do outreach. I want people coming to me as much as possible. I’m willing to put some money on the table. I want to advertise and have customers finding us. Well, great. That’s cool. Maybe you want to run some adverts in that case. Now, do you understand the Facebook algorithm for running ads? How they approve or deny your ads? Do you understand, you know, pay-per-click advertising? Do you understand all these different things that you may need to do? If you don’t and you’re not a specialist, get an ad specialist. All right? they they are going to be a huge return on investment because trying to figure it out. There’s a lot goes into digital marketing and advertising. It’s not just a click a couple of buttons, hope that Facebook’s AI bit gets it right and that they got the targeting right and the messaging right and that it’s all going to be fine. All right? And specialists really do add a lot of value to your business when you find the right one that knows what you’re trying to achieve and you brief them properly. So, if that’s not your strength, get somebody whose strength it is. Um, you may want to think about copyright support. Okay. Now, once there’s a genuine bottleneck, okay, we’ve already talked about using AI and automation to do a lot of the copywriting for you. Okay, it’s copy and paste, right? Copy and paste for your for your messaging. Um, you know, AI to build your your your copyright for most of it, but you’re going to have somebody looking over things. You’re going to have to have check checkpoints in this. Now, if you don’t want to be the one spending time and as you grow and you have more and more clients, having to review more and more copyright, again, a copyright support may be a great person to bring in at that point as well. Um, again, where do you find these people? It’s things like Upwork, it’s things like Fiverr. Um, you know, and then local um freelancer platforms, you know, online PA is a great one. Um, yeah, there’s tons of them. Tons of them, but Upwork, Fiverr, People per Hour, these are the massive ones that are out there. Um now LinkedIn posts uh referrals can also be a good place to find these people. Uh again I prefer the the freelance aspect first before hiring employees for for all the reasons that I spoke about earlier but yeah they can be they can be ways of finding. Now costs for these people will vary by country. The great thing about running an online business is you do not need that person to be based in your country, state or even city. You can have them all around the world. Okay. Now, I run um all of my agencies out of England, but I have people all over the globe that work within our agencies. We got people all over England as well. We’ve got people in Ireland. We’ve got some people in the States. We’ve got people uh in South Africa. We got people in India. We’ve got people in Pakistan. It’s a global team because I don’t need them here. I don’t need them to be sat in an office next to me. I can see what they’re doing. Everything’s online. So, I can see what they’re doing. The management is is is far easier than it ever used to be. You don’t need to have, you know, the supervisor who’s looking over people’s shoulders. If you set up your systems right and your dashboards right, your KPIs will do the talking for them. Um, so um, make the most what I would say is make the most of the global economy. You know, if you’re bringing people in, you don’t have to look at your local labor rate. Look at the global options available to you. Now, if you are going to bring somebody in as an employee and you’re going to commit to that person because they’re a great person, you want them as the team permanently and you want to offer them an employment contract, not just a freelancer arrangement, get a bit of legal advice before you do it to understand your legal obligations as an employer where you’re based because they differ. They differ at different places. Employment rights here are different to well, even on the state level in America, right? um you know if you’re in Europe you’ve got uh different employment rights than you have in in Britain. It really differs and it really depends on your local area. So again get a bit of legal advice uh before employing. Look for industry bodies that can give you that advice as well. Um there’s some really great like Federation of Small Business is one here in the UK as well. Brilliant service. You can get loads of independent legal advice. Uh and it doesn’t cost much at all. It is set up for small business. Basically every country has their own version of that. So find your independent small business advice bureau and and they will often offer you legal advice service as a complimentary service as part of being a member of that um of that of that platform. Okay. So let’s finish off this but by by talking about what you need to be doing next. All right, your next steps and what you need to be doing to stop yourself from drowning. Okay, to make sure you’re setting this up in the right way now immediately. Okay, don’t delay on this. In fact, I tell you what, why not? Why don’t you do even do it in the next break? Go and register your business. Okay? Register your LLC, your LTD, your GMBBH, whatever your local acronym is for businesses, business registration in your country. Go and register your business. Okay? This is going to give you um that that setup that that uh liability protection that we spoke about earlier. Now, once you’ve done that, you’re going to need a separate bank account because you can’t use your bank account for business funds. You got to have a business account. You’ve created a completely separate legal entity yourself. you are you and your bank account is your bank account. Your legal entity needs its own bank account. Okay? It needs to be separate. So go and create a business bank account as well. Um and then schedule a call with an accountant. Right? You want a local accountant. Tell them that you’re starting an agency. Ask them to walk through the tax implications for your agency. Understand VAT and sales tax. When do you need to register for it? At what point do you need to think about that? For your first clients, generally speaking, again, this is a big generalization, do check in your country, but generally speaking, for your first couple of clients, you’re not going to need to register because there are thresholds that you have to meet. That’s not to say that there’s not states or countries out there where you need to register from the start. So, do get advice on that from a local accountant as well. Now, they may give you that first consultation free. They may charge you a few hundred for it. Whatever. It is money well spent. Okay? Get to know your rules in your market. That is week one. So my challenge to you straight away is go and register your business. Go and do that on the next break um week one and two. After that we want to think about our payment infrastructure. How are we actually getting paid for this? So go and set up your payment processor, your Stripe or your local alternative and your backup. Remember we got to have that backup so that if someone wants to pay us money and Stripe for whatever isn’t working that day, we have an alternative. We have the ability to collect money without relying on excuse me on relying on a single system. um go and speak to that accountant about BIC sales taxes. Uh determine at what point you need to register and within some some accounting software, go and set up an invoice template. All right, with payment terms included, right? You want all your terms and conditions laid out there. Again, there are packs on this that we can give you. Um make sure you stay tuned for how you can get those as well. Um and then after that, make sure you go and document your processes. All right? You need to start figuring out how you want things done before you even have your first client. All right? You do this even without clients. Why would I do it if I don’t have a client, Chris? Sure, I should focus on getting a client. No, we got to get it right from day one. Think this through. If you get a first client and then you’re trying to figure out how to do everything at that point, well, is there a good chance, team, that you may not serve that client to the best of your ability? Of course. So, figure out how you want this to go. How do you want your discovery call to be run? How do you, you know, do you have your contract set up? Have you got your first call booked in? What’s your deliverable time frames going to be? Now, rough spine, look, just maybe it’s even just checklist, things you’re going to need to do once you get that first client as well. But create that checklist so you know how you’re doing things. Um, what does your report out look like to your client as well? Maybe create some templates for that and maybe even give yourself a video walkthrough of going through a template version of that so as soon as that client lands, you know exactly what’s going to happen. All right, thinking a bit further out. Okay, we need to start automating our things. We’re going to need to work, sorry, we we need to get make to build our workflow. So, for our lead coming in, how do we close them off? How do we build the contract? How do we get the welcome sequence in? We build all of that out in make like we showed you earlier. We want to automate our weekly reporting using make and Loom and with this video tool to show our clients what they’re getting exactly and how it all works and set up our email sequences for our follow-ups and our upsells. Now, you probably got your first client on board by this point, but your your upsells and your renewals won’t kick in for a few months. So, you set it up before you need it. So, we know it’s all going to work. And then from month three, we start thinking about think about this like a business. We start thinking about the finances. Start building our financial dashboard, our monthly recurring revenues, tracking our costs, tracking our profit, tracking the amount of hours we do. Okay? Now, if our profit’s good, happy days. We keep scaling. As soon as we see our profit margin starting to get squeezed, that’s an alert. We need to look at, well, what have I done here? Where have I added too much cost? Okay, make sure that you’re focusing on return on time. Okay, now because here’s the thing, most people just wing it. They land a client, they haven’t registered their business yet, they they take a bank transfer to their personal account, there’s no tracking, there’s no reports. Everything’s being done manually. And six months in, they’re working 80 hours a week. And they got less money than before. They’re burnt out. They’re fed up. They they wonder why they started. Follow the advice we’ve given you in this system in this sess session. Sorry. Build your checklists. Make sure things are done above board. F build build it within a company and build teams before you need them and you keep yourself free to focus on the operation of this company. Okay. Now, pick one of the things from this checklist. I’m going to give you one. I’m going to give you one straight away. Okay. Your challenge right now is to go and set up your business. Why delay? Why wait? Now look, one of the things you’re going to do, I guarantee when you go to set up your business, one of the things you’re going to do is agonize over what to call your business. Here’s the thing, team, it doesn’t matter. Okay? The only person, and this is a probably a reality check for a lot of people, the only person that your company name matters to is you. Okay? It’s just a fact. No one’s going to not trade with you because they don’t like the sound of your company name. They’re going to trade with you or not trade with you based on what you show them is possible from your service. So just grab any company name, make it relevant to the industry and make it relevant to you and register your business. Build the step of that protection. You’ll be ahead of 90% of people trying to do this straight away. And that’s all it takes. The first domino has fallen and from that one domino falling, it changes everything because suddenly you’re not thinking like a freelancer anymore. You’re thinking like a business owner. So what have we covered here? Well, look, we’ve covered about professionalization. And it’s not just the paperwork. It’s not about bureaucracy. It’s about the foundations. Setting things up right, getting our payment processing in place, getting teams of people in place, getting our systems documented and done in set ways so that we can scale far beyond the amount of um of clients we could ever have just by ourselves. We talked about automating our systems and scaling things before we actually need to. Okay, protect your time at all cost, but remember to document things first. We talked about financial reporting and your profit margins and your key performance indicators being the health systems for your business. Your profit margin tells you is this model working or not. And we talked about hiring people to bring in to repeat and do processes that you either hate, things that you’re not good at, things that require skills you don’t have, and take that repeatable workout, but only doing it once we have it done and and either defined our parameters, the way of doing things, know how to do it ourselves, or produced outcomes that we want them to achieve. So that when they come into that role, they know what to do and they know how to be successful in that role instead of just coming back to you and asking for things all the time. And we’ve spoken about the health of our company and our legal compliance. This matters as much as sales. There’s no point selling something if you don’t protect the cash at the end of it. If you just flush it down the toilet, it’s gone. We need to keep an eye on our cash flow. We need to stay legal and above board. Now, if you do that team, you will be able to build a scalable business. Okay? This is what 90% of people just don’t do these things. They think like the freelancer. They try and do everything themselves. And by doing this, you will be ahead of 90% of people that ever start a business in the first place. So your action now is to go and register your business. Now, if you haven’t already done that, or if you haven’t already signed up for it, this is your reminder that you have just a short amount of time left in this event to be able to register for the next steps. I’ll just duck out of the way so you can see these sessions here. But we have the three tiers of our mentorship program. I know some of you have already been accepted into this program, which is absolutely amazing. So, congratulations to you if you’re one of those people. But if you are still on the fence deciding, should I get my application in or not? Now’s the time to do it. Go ahead and click on the link in the chat, get your application in over the next break, and we’ll see you on the final session. Take care and goodbye.

    Heat. Heat.

    Heat. Heat.

    Heat

    up

    here.

    Heat. Heat.

    Heat.

    Heat.

    Heat. Heat.

    Heat. Heat.

    Heat. Heat.

    Heat

    up Heat. Heat.

    Heat. Heat.

    Heat up

    here.

    Heat. Heat.

    Heat. Heat.

    Heat. Heat. N.

    Heat. Heat. N.

    Heat. Heat.

    Heat. Heat.

    Heat. Heat. N.

    Heat. Heat.

    Heat.

    Heat.

    Heat.

    Heat.

    Hey.

    Oh. Oh.

    Heat. Heat.

    Heat. Heat.

    Heat. Heat.

    Heat.

    Heat. Heat.

    Heat.

    Welcome back team. Welcome back everyone. Go ahead, give me a number five in the chat. Who is back? Come on. Look, we’ve we’ve had nearly three days together. You should have had five locked and loaded, ready to go. You knew I was going to ask it, team. You knew I was going to ask it. By the way, just give me a me in the chat if those last two sessions specifically with Chris and Georgie were absolutely incredible. Give me a little me in the chat if they were unbelievable team. And look, that’s the difference here. Can you now see the difference between getting a client, getting 10 clients, and all of a sudden running around, as we say in the UK, like a blue ass fly, running around busy, constantly working, and then all of a sudden not really know what’s going on, clients unhappy, they drop off, and then you go, “Well, where I was at 10 clients now, I’m at one.” That happens all the time. People grow, they fail. They grow, they fail, they grow, they fail. When we put systems and processes in our business team, we just grow. We just grow. Give me number two in the chat if that makes sense. By the way, team beautiful.

    So, team, it’s a little bit of a bittersweet welcome back, isn’t it? It’s a little bit of a bittersweet welcome back because this is our last session of the event. It’s the last session of the event. And by the way, those that went a in the chat, gold stars for you. Well done. But it is a bit of a bittersweet cuz yes, it’s the last session of our event. However, tomorrow is the first day of your new life, isn’t it? Tomorrow is the first day of your new life. Give me a me in the chat if tomorrow is the first day of your new life. Fantastic. Cuz look, ultimately team, we’ve gone through the entire system. We know step by step what we need to do. We’ve seen it play out in front of us. You’ve seen it literally in front of your very eyes. The last session here, team, I I don’t want to take up too much your time. I want to be respectful of your time, but the last session today is making sure we leave here taking action. Making sure you are changing your life and having this not be another good idea. Sitting another 6 months, 12 months, 2 years, 5 years down the line. Because look, we all came to this event team, didn’t you? You came to this event to make a change. Money is not the end goal. Freedom, choice, time. Money is the vehicle that allows us to get there. And there are consequences, team. Remember, there are consequences to this being another good idea. And my job in this final session is to make sure that we fully understand this cuz look, we know the window is open, but the window doesn’t stay open forever. The window closes just like every single window in business does. Bitcoin January 2015 $217 team. The window started to close. It’s not fully closed. Look, you can make you can still make money in Bitcoin now. It’s nowhere near nowhere near as much as you could in January 2015. And I can promise you right now team, it’s not going to take over a decade. The way that AI is growing, advancing team, this window will close quicker than others. And we need to be aware of the three biggest factors about this window closing team. Number one, where the market is now. Look, AI powered content services are still new enough. In fact, give me a one in the chat if you really learned it for the first time on this event. Yeah, it’s new enough that these local businesses, these businesses, thesememes, they don’t know about it team. They’ve never been offered it. It is that new incredible thing that is going to allow them to go, “Wow, this is exactly what I’ve been looking for.” The longer we wait, the more people are going to be doing it, team. Every single month, more agencies like this will open. More niches will fill up. More business owners will get a first offer from someone else. And those of you that take action now, team, there is no competition at the moment. And if there is, it is absolutely minimal. It’s minimal. Team, imagine right now when the internet first came out. Imagine when people start hearing of the internet, you were one of the first people to offer people websites. Team, you’d clean up. Think about trying to offer someone a website. Now, what happens is, well, they say, “Well, I I’ve spoken to five other people.” Now, firstly, you’re competing with five other people. But then what happens is team, the business owner has got the power. They start to say, “Well, they did it for $3,000 up front. Can you beat that?” So, then you go down to two. And then they come back and say, “Well, actually, I told another agency you’d do two. They’re doing one.” And then all of a sudden, team, it gets harder and gets harder and gets harder because at the moment, right now, team, there has never been a better time to start an agency. In fact, tell a lie team, at this moment in time, there is one time that was better to start an agency. That was yesterday. You know yesterday there was one time that was the day before. There is no better time right now team. The competition is minimal. These businesses have never heard it. But when you show them this team, it blows them away.

    But there is a consequence of waiting. The consequence of waiting team, there’s multiple consequences. First and foremost, team, if you wait another 12 months, that could be $75,000, $100,000 of missed income. What would difference team would that do to your life right now? Even if team, even if a year from now, you only signed one client, what would $5,000 upfront and $500 a month, total of $11,000 do for your life right now? That’s an $11,000 payrise for 2 to three hours a week. Are we really going to get an $11,000 payrise in our full-time job for only two to three hours a week? It doesn’t happen, does it? But it isn’t just the monetary terms for you team. The niche, the city, the client who was going to be yours had you started today. If we wait six months from now, team, they’re already working with someone else. They’re already working with someone else. How many opportunities have we all myself included, by the way, team? How many other opportunities have we missed because it wasn’t the right time? We were super busy right now, team. We’re always busy. We’re always busy, right? We’ve already covered this. If we’re busy now, in six months you’re more busy. And then we look back and go, I wish I’d done it then, but now I’m even more busy. I’ll do it in six months from now. 6 months goes by. Well, now I’m even more busy. I wish I’d done it six months ago, but even a year ago, but now I It’s just a repeating cycle. Nothing changes without change. Nothing changes without change. And ultimately team, it’s about drawing a line in the sand. The conditions are never going to be perfect team. If you want everything to be perfect, if you want everything to be exactly how you want it to be, team, I can’t help you. I can’t help you. No one can help you. That’s not life. Cuz ultimately, team, everything you’ve seen on this event, team, if everything you’ve seen is true, what are we waiting for? What are we waiting for? You’ve seen the system built out in front of you. Because ultimately, look, like I said, all the way back day one, session one, there’s two types of people on this planet team. And right now, there’s two types of people in this room right now. The one who decided and the one who waits for a better time that never comes. And I wish team I wish I could answer that for you. I really do. I wish I could answer for you. I can’t. I can’t answer that for you team. Is everything perfect right now? No. Do you know 100% of the business? No. You’re never going to know 100% of the business. Team, all we need to know is one very simple decision. Am I committed to make a change in my life? Am I committed to build this business? Not this fad, not this thing like an NFT that people make money and then all of a sudden, wait, what? What happened to it? Drop shipping. That came and went as well, didn’t it, team? This is a genuine legitimate business. A business that worked 50 years ago, a business that works today, and a business that’s going to work in 50 years. We’ve got to make that decision, team. Like we said, yes is an acceptable answer. No is an acceptable answer. Maybe is not an acceptable answer. Team, we’ve got to stop living in the land of maybe. Give me a yes in the chat, by the way, if that makes sense.

    We’ve got to stop living in the land of maybe. Look, the reality is I get it where you are, team. I’ve been there. I was 99% sure to start this business team. I wasn’t 100%. We’re never 100% sure about anything, are we? When I got down on one knee, I wasn’t 100% sure. When I asked my wife to marry me, I was 99.999% sure. Wasn’t 100%. All I want you to do, team, is make a decision. If it’s yes, fantastic. If it’s no, fantastic.

    But make a decision, team. Don’t be the person that leaves here kidding ourselves, lying to ourselves. I’m thinking about it, team. There’s nothing to think about. It’s a yes or it’s a no. And if it’s a no, I respect that. And the easiest way, team, for us to ensure we get those results is to get the guidance, the support, and the handhold. You’ve seen the options team, the AI agency blueprint, the AI agency accelerator, or the AI agency partnership. you know the step by step. Do you need guided by age? You need support when you need it. Do you need more hands-on to get your first clients faster? Or team, do you want to become business partners with myself here and Chris? The reality is team, we’ve just got to choose a path. We’ve got to draw a line in the sand. We’ve got to make a decision. Yes or no. Either one is an acceptable answer. maybe isn’t because regardless of what happens team I told you this all the way from day one whatever you decide absolutely whatever you decide team you leave here respected from myself from Chris from every single person like we said look this is not about pressuring anyone into a decision they’re not ready for no one will be kicked pushed shoved pressured anything that isn’t right for them but it’s about giving you the tools giving you everything you need to make the right decision for you. All I ask team is that little voice in the back of our head, that fear that is holding us back, just tell tell that one to quiet down a little bit. Because if we are 99% team, the only way to get that extra 1% is to do it. There is nothing I can say. I know that some of you right now are start going, Sam, I’m 99% sure. I’m just waiting for you to say those magic sentences that make it 100% team. There’s nothing I can say. There’s nothing I can do right now in this moment. The only way to get that 1% is to take action. Start building this business. That 1% comes from you taking action and seeing those results firsthand. But like I told you all the way back, team, some of you are going to work with us. I love you. I respect you. Some of you aren’t. I love you. I respect you. Just make the decision. Give me a yes in the chat if that makes sense. By the way, team, give me a little yes in the chat if that makes sense. Beautiful. So, next steps team, look, your next steps. First things first, team. Look, for those of you that have joined on any level, whether you join the blueprint, the accelerator, or the partnership, I want to say a massive, massive congratulations and also a massive thank you team for putting your trust and your faith in us. I promise you, you will not be let down. Now, for those of you that join, again, huge congratulations. It is going to be an incredible 12 or even 18 months working together. I cannot wait to be starting getting stuck in here. I know that Georgie is going to be super excited. For those of you that are going to be working with her on a weekly basis and for those that have joined on the partnership team, we are going to have some fun building that business quite literally together and making some money together as well. But regardless of what level you’ve joined on team, all I want you to do is just keep an eye out. Make sure you look out for your email, your onboarding email. Okay, team, please check your spam and your junk. It is automatically sent out to you. Please make sure you do check your spam and your junk. Inside of there will be all of your next steps exactly what you need to be able to do to go through and also steps for your welcome webinar to make sure team you are set up for success to ensure that you have got absolutely everything you need. Now, for those of you that have joined, and also by the way, those of you that are going to join, I know that there’s some of you that haven’t had your call yet. If you haven’t, don’t worry. Keep your phone near you. Our team are calling through them. And I know that a couple of you are maybe just finalizing your steps. But team, every single one of you, don’t work. When this event finishes, whether it’s morning, afternoon, or evening for you, don’t work. For those of you that are joining us, I have a strong strong suggestion. Team, relax. Go and celebrate, okay? Go and celebrate. If you drink alcohol, go and get yourself a bottle of champagne. If you don’t drink alcohol, go and get yourself a bottle of non-alcoholic champagne. My wife had it when she was pregnant. They call it no secco. It’s not quite sham, but it’s like non-alcoholic procco. Go and celebrate. And the reason being team is because ultimately the decision you’ve made right now truly has the power to be life-changing. Enjoy it. Embrace it. And I’m going to give you a tradition that one of my mentors, one of my first mentors gave me. I’m going to pass it down to YouTube team. My one of my very first mentors, they said, “Go and buy a bottle of champagne. Keep the cork on the cork. Write today’s date. Write the level of mentorship you joined. Write the amount you’ve invested. Keep it somewhere safe. And every single mentorship program that you ever join, add a cork. Because here’s the thing, team. There’s good days, there’s bad days. And I’ve got literally, it’s about this big. I’ve just got a huge glass jar. It’s full of corks. I think I’ve got about 20 plus corks in there. for every mentorship program I’ve ever joined. And when I have a bit of a tough day, I just go and read them. I remind myself what I have done that other people don’t. The fact that I take myself, my business, and my future seriously.

    And it’s a beautiful, beautiful way to commemorate that team. And when I get to 50, I’m going to create a huge collage out of it as well. But relax, celebrate, keep a lookout for your emails coming out with your next steps. Remember team, it goes into your spam, it goes into your junk. Do not miss it. Make sure you have that on there as well. And for those of you that what for any reason, if you aren’t looking to join us and work with us moving forward on either the blueprint, the accelerator, or the partnership, absolutely fine. Like I told you, team, I really meant it. I really meant it. If you’re going to work with us, great. I love you. If you’re not, great. I love you. My only request from every single one of you team is take action. Okay? Go into implementation mode. Don’t look at this and then go, “Oh, well, maybe I’ll try trading. Maybe I’ll try affiliate marketing. Maybe I’ll try this. Maybe I’ll try property and real estate. Maybe I’ll try this.” Team, you’ve seen it in front of you. Freedom, choice, and time. That is what we’re here for. This business gets you there quicker than other businesses. The window is open right now. Do not go and spend another 12 months, 2 years, 3 years looking at other options. Take action. Build this business. Don’t look back a year from now and go, I wish I had done it. Team, give me a yes in the chat if that makes sense here. Team, give me a yes in the chat if that makes sense. Beautiful. Wlette team, as we wrap up the event here, first things first, I just want to say genuinely a massive, massive thank you first and foremost to every single one of you, okay? Every single one of you team, without you being here, we couldn’t do what we do. It would just be me, myself, Chris, Georgie. It would just be us talking to ourselves for 3 days. And that’s just weird for everyone involved. But the fact of the matter is team every single one of you has invested time, energy, effort and money to be here and I sincerely hope that it is not just match it has surpassed your expectations and I just want to say on behalf of myself, Chris, the entire Explosive Growth Academy team, a massive, massive thank you to every single one of you for being here. Give yourselves a massive number five in the chat as a big big thank you to every single one of you as well. Beautiful. I also just want to say a massive massive thank you before we do finish up here team to every single team member at the explosive growth academy for making this just so unbelievable. Chris, my business partner with the most unbelievable sessions. Georgie coming in our head coach and head mentor doing an amazing session on make.com there and just being there to help and support Dylan Seb every single person behind the scenes here that make the explosive growth academy in my of course humble yet biased opinion the number one education business on the planet and there is a reason team why plus 70% plus people have taken this with both hands and come and work with us moving forward. And it isn’t myself, it is the entire team around it. So, please give a massive number seven to every single member of the Explosive Growth Academy team here. Massive, massive thank you. Um, and the last thank you is really just kind of a bit more of a kind of a personal one if you don’t mind me indulging here, team, is that you kind of got to know me a little bit over the three. Well, I hope you got to know me over the three days here. And look, how I am right now, it is how I am from the moment I wake up to the moment I go to sleep. And look, I put myself under a lot of pressure here, team, because I have this insatiable need to help as many people just like you to be able to start living a life of freedom, a life of freedom that I have the privilege of living right now. And I’ll be sat there watching a movie. There’ll be like this real inspirational quote. I’ll pause the movie. I’ll run down to my office. I’ll spend 20 minutes making some slides, updating the event. I come up and my wife just very patiently say patiently looks at me and says, “It’s really exciting. You’ll have to let me know what you updated.” And ultimately team look without the support of my incredible incredible wife without the drive and the motivation that I have received from my just perfect daughter Dafany. I I wouldn’t be here doing this and helping every one of you. So I know that they’re not here to hear this. I know they might be able to hear. They might be just in the in the other room here. But team, please just give a massive, massive number nine in the chat and a massive thank you to my incredible wife Crystal and my beautiful daughter, my inspiration, and my world Daphne as well team. So, please give them a massive, massive thank you in the chat. And I want to leave you here with my favorite quote of all time. And this quote has the power to quite literally change your life. And it’s from the famous author F. Scott Fitzgerald. And it’s very simply this team. You can change or stay the same. There are no rules to this thing. We can make the best of it or the worst of it. I hope you make the best of it. And I hope you see things that startle you. I hope you feel things you have never felt before. I hope you meet people with a different point of view. I hope you live a life you’re proud of. If you find you’re not, I hope you have the courage to start all over again. And with that team, I just want to say a massive thank you. It has been an honor and a privilege to serve you over the last three days. That has been the explosive growth academy 3-day event. I have been Sandrus. Get out there team, implement, change the world. And I’ll see all of you very, very soon. Thank you so much team.

  • 09/03/2026 – EXPLOSIVE GROWTH ACADEMY • 3-DAY LIVE EVENT – DAY 2 – THE SYSTEM – Is this the decision that changes everything. Might be yes

    So, welcome back everyone. Welcome back to day number two. It is great to have every single one of you with us. You know the drill by now, team. Go ahead, locate that chat box. Give me a me in the chat who is back. Give me a me in the chat who is back there, team.

    Fantastic. And just before you ask, no, I am not wearing the same shirt. I get asked this all the time. I do wash my clothes. I literally just bought like 10 to 15 of the same shirt. I promise you team, I have showered and I do have a fresh shirt on. So, welcome back everyone. In fact, give me a number seven in the chat if you loved yesterday. By the way, team, give me number seven in the chat if you loved yesterday. Teen, give me a number seven. Beautiful. Because look, yesterday was all about laying the foundations. I get it. I know, team. I know. Okay, you got to remember like, yes, I’m I’m the coach. I’m your mentor now. I’m on the other side, team. I’ve been sat on that side as well. And I know yesterday you were probably sat going, “Ch, just just show me what like the sexy stuff. Show me the sexy stuff, Sam. Show me how to make the $5,000, how to get that $500 a month. Come on. I want to I want to know it.” And I love love the enthusiasm team. But here’s the thing. We have to lay those foundations. Okay. Without the work we put in yesterday, none of this works. Give you a great example here. I live in London. There’s building work going on all the time in London. And have you ever had that experience? Maybe like think about where you live or maybe you’ve kind of seen it. Have you ever like walked or like driven past a building site and it it feels like nothing has happened for like 6 months and then all of a sudden you go past it like a week later and it’s 10 stories high. Give me a 10 in the chapter. Have you ever experienced that? You’re just like, “Wow, they did nothing for 6 months and all of a sudden they got a bit busy, right? Maybe the manager give them a bit of a kick up the backside.” No team, what were they working on for six months? Let me know in the chat. What were they working on for six months?

    Yes, they were working team on the foundations. Because here’s the thing. It doesn’t matter how much you will it to, want it to, or wish it to. If there’s one crack in those foundations and you build a size skyscraper, team, it’s going to fall down. So, I know you’re so excited, but team, the patience that we did yesterday is going to pay off today because we’ve got an amazing, amazing system. We are going to be building very very quickly on everything we went through yesterday. And today, by the way, team, we are diving in. We are building the system. We are going to be covering off LinkedIn. We’re going to be covering off our outreach, our AI outreach. We’re also going to be covering off um exactly the entire process of the audit funnel team. We are going to have an amazing amazing day. Give me a me in the chat. By the way, who is excited about day number two? By the way, give me a mi in the chat. Who is excited about day number two?

    Beautiful. Loads of mis coming in. Now, before we do get going here, team, look, just want to address the uh proverbial elephant in the room, if you will. Cuz look, it happened yesterday. It happened overnight. happened in the morning our time as well. It happens on every single event we run. People have messaged us maybe on email, maybe in the chat said look um I really feel like I want some help and support. You know what mentorship program do you have? Can you tell me more about it? What is it? And that first things first team those of you you know who you are genuinely just want to say a massive massive thank you to every single one of you that put in an applica. So, but basically said, “How do I put in an application? How do I work with you as well?” Massive, massive thank you. But here’s the thing, team. Okay, I’ve been to quite literally dozens and dozens and dozens of three-day events when I first started out. In fact, give me number three in the chat. Who Who here has been on other three-day events before? Anyone been on the other three-day events before? Yeah. But when I would go team, something really weird would happen because, you know, I I’d turn up there, day one was great, and then on day two, they spent about 80% of the entire day ju just trying to sell me something. And then they spend about 80% of day number three just trying to sell me something. give me a little on me in the chat if that’s ever maybe happened to you at all. Maybe you’ve never experienced that. Yeah, happened to me. And I was like, well, I understand, you know, you you know, you’re a business. You’ve got to try and sell your mentorship program. But here’s the thing. I I paid for 3 days of training. I I turn this a light on for some reason. It’s not There we go. You can see me better. I paid for 3 days of training. I I I’ve barely got a day and a half. Now, here’s the thing, team. I I don’t know about you, but I I don’t think that’s very fair. Give me a little yes in the chat if you agree. I don’t think that’s very fair. No, absolutely not. Team, every single one of you investing time, energy, effort, and money for three full days of training. So, here’s the thing, team. You are going to get three full days of training. Yes, of course, we have a mentorship program. We’re an education business team. This shouldn’t surprise you. There’s always a next level. Anyone here go to university or college? Yeah. Did you turn up in day one and go, “Wait, whoa, whoa, whoa. What do you mean there’s a master’s degree? I I I’ve paid for university. What do you mean there’s a masters? Why am I No, because there’s a next level. It’s right for some people. It’s not right for others.” And at the end of the day, team, there’s always a next level in life. Okay. Yes, we have mentorship programs. We have multiple different levels depending on A what you want, B, you know, what’s going to be right for you. C what your goals are. There’s so many different variables. But the fact of the matter is team, you are here for 3 days of training. Okay? Yes, we have mentorship programs. I can guarantee you this. Some of you it’s going to be perfect. You are going to come and want to work with myself and Chris moving forward. I’m going to love you for that. Some of you, you’re going to say, “Do you know what? It’s not for me. I’m enjoying the three doz. You’re not going to want to work with us moving forward.” And you know what team? I’m going to love you for that. Okay? At the end of the day, you’re all adults. You can make your own decisions here. Okay? One thing I will promise every single one of you is no one is ever going to be kicked, pushed, pressured, shoved into something that isn’t right for them. That’s not what we do. But I I hope you got a bit of a feel not just for who we are as a company, but also who we are as people. Okay? That’s not going to happen. All I ask from every single one of you team is just come and get the fact, the evidence, and the data. Come and get the fact, get the evidence, get the data. Look, have a listen. Have a conversation with our team. It’s completely no obligation. Whether you join us, I love you. You don’t join us, I love you. Either way, you are getting my Chris’s the entire team. You’re going to get our all over the entire three days. Come along. Get the fact, evidence, and data. Don’t make that BS decision. In fact, some of you already in your heads heard the word mentorship went, “Sounds great, but I can’t afford it.” Even me in the chat if that kind of popped in there, by the way. Sounds great, but I can’t afford team. You you don’t even know what the investment is. You don’t even know what the investment is. And look how quickly our money mindset is trying to go. No, no, no, no. You can’t do that team. We don’t know what it is. Just come and get the fact, the evidence, the data. Okay, we are going to do a working lunchtime session. Okay, we’ll do a working lunchtime session. Meaning, we got session one, session two, we have a quick break, a working lunchtime session. Get there, eat your food, come along, get the fact, evidence, and data. Have a conversation with our team. It’s completely an obligation. If it’s right, great. If it’s not, great. Don’t make that BS decision. Just come along, get the fact, the evidence, and the data. Give me a yes in the chat, by the way, if that’s fair. Give me a yes in the chat if that’s fair.

    Beautiful. So, now we’ve got that elephant out the way. We we will speak more about the mentorship on our lunchtime session. Again, I can see people in the chat saying they’re excited about it. That’s amazing. Cannot wait to be able to share it with you. Trust me team, it’s a gamecher. But let’s dive into session one today where what we’re going to be diving into it is our outreach. Okay, we’re going to look into our outreach team. This is where we’re going to start building out this system. We know what our niche is. We now know the power of AI. By the way, just give me me in the chat if the AI session blew you away. Absolutely incredible. Right. Absolutely incredible. Now, we’re going to go our next step and go, great. How do we then start finding these people? And more importantly, team, how do we build a system that finds them on autopilot so we manually don’t have to do it? And that is what we’re diving into with LinkedIn Sales Navigator and Dripify. Ultimately, it’s your profile, your search, and your outreach. And we’re going to literally go through this team step by step live. Don’t worry though, you can take a breath. You don’t need to remember any of this team. Just watch it. Watch me build it. Watch me go through it. Then you build your own. One step behind me at your own pace. Everything is in your workbook which by the way the link for the workbook would have been posted in the chat. Go ahead if you missed it yesterday. You can go ahead and download that as well cuz look it’s three simple builds team. Three simple there’s no technical ability needed here. You’re going to see live. It’s click a couple of buttons. It’s your profile LinkedIn your search which is our LinkedIn sales navigator and our outreach which is dripify. sending real messages to real business owners on complete autopilot. Now, before we dive into the outreach team, we’ve got to have a look at our profile. Okay? You’ve got to look at your profile team. The best way that I could describe this is when we’re reaching out to people on LinkedIn. And remember, firstly, in fact, let’s go back one step. Why LinkedIn team? There’s a 100 million businesses on the planet. I guarantee 99 million of them are on LinkedIn. Business owners with a problem. Business owners looking for a solution. They are looking for it on LinkedIn. They’re not looking for it on Instagram, on Tik Tok, on X. They are looking for it on LinkedIn. meaning it has got every single business owner in your chosen niche that you could ever want to work with. Meaning that you don’t need to go out leafitting. You don’t need to go to networking events, which by the way are one of the worst things in the world. Give me a little yes in the chat if you also hate networking events. They’re so awkward. Just stood there. I better pretend I’m on my phone right now while you’re sat playing a game. You don’t have to spend tens of thousands of dollars. To put this into perspective, team, when I started my agency a decade ago that this wasn’t available.

    I had to quite literally out of my own pocket, my own pocket on a credit card. I had to spend thousands of dollars every single month on Facebook and Instagram adverts to get the same result you can. It would take me 2 months and $5,000 out of my own pocket spent on Facebook and Instagram adverts and you can get the exact same results for literally a hundred bucks and 5 days. Give me a wow in the chat by the way if that’s insane the difference a decade makes. Yeah, team. They’ve got every single person you could ever want on there. But we also, by the way, just need to remind ourselves, team, when it comes to LinkedIn, it’s a business platform. It’s a business platform. Meaning, we’ve got to have a bit more of a business approach to it, don’t we? Got to have a bit of a business approach. When you reach out to a stranger, a business owner on LinkedIn in your chosen niche, if they click onto your profile, you got to ask yourself a question. What is my profile saying about me? What’s my profile saying about me? Is it saying that I’m a trusted, safe pair of hands? I’m going to do a good job. you can trust me. I I’m professional. Or is it saying, “Wow, he looks like he had a really good trip in Cancun two years ago. It’s a great photo of him.” Does that make sense, by the way, team? And the very first step we have to do is called our LinkedIn profile optimization. Our LinkedIn profile optimization. And it’s a very, very simple five-step process. Number one is we’ve got to have a professional photo. You do not need it professionally taken. The phone in your pocket, by the way, the phone in your pocket has a better camera than the massive studio cameras that Steven Spielberg filmed Jaws on. The the camera in your phone is better than the camera Jaws was filmed on. What I need you to do, team, dress for business. Okay? I see this too many times, more more times than I care to admit where I look at someone’s profile picture and I go, “That’s a really great profile picture of you. You look amazing.” Probably more relevant for like a Tinder profile or like a Plenty of Fish as opposed to a LinkedIn business profile. Does that make sense, team? Okay. Look, as they say, you never get a second chance at a first impression. Very, very simple. Make sure it’s well lit. Make sure you look professional. That’s it. Don’t overthink it, team. Also, please don’t go out and hire like a $1,000 professional photographer. You don’t need it. Your phone is enough, team. Give me a yes in the chat if that makes sense.

    Beautiful. Now, the second one here, team, this is the biggest difference, the biggest difference that you can make when it comes to your LinkedIn profile. It is your headline where it says your name, the little headline underneath it. Now, 99% of people

    on their headline have their job title written underneath it. In fact, give me a little me in the chat. Who’s got their their job title? Like Sam Duce, owner and founder of Explosive Growth Academy.

    Yeah. Here’s the thing, team.

    And again, I mean this in a loving way. No one cares who we are. No one cares who we are. You don’t really care who I am. And don’t worry, team. I’m a big boy. I can take it. You don’t care who I am. This could be someone else running this entire 3 days. It wouldn’t matter to you. What you care about is what every human being on this planet cares about. And it’s very simply this. What’s in it for me? What’s in it for me? Does that make sense, by the way, team? Give me a W in the chat if that makes sense. And let’s use the example, by the way, team, of um of a networking event. Let’s just say that we met each other at a networking event. You walked up and you said, “Oh, hi. It’s nice to meet you. What’s your name?” Now, imagine if I turn on and said, “Oh, well, lovely to meet you. My name is Sam Duce. I’m the owner, founder of Explosive Growth Academy, Property Abundance, and also SGD digital and DBSS Digital.” Um, I am a multi-awwardwinning entrepreneur, international speaker, Amazon bestseller, and also I have multiple seven and six figure businesses.

    At what point would you just switch off? probably after the second accolade, you’d be like, “Oh my god, this guy. Wow, he loves himself, doesn’t he?” Of course you would. Of course you would. Give me number one in the chat if you’d be like instantly, I need to get out of this conversation. I hate it. Of course you would.

    Boom. If that is how you would react in the real world at a networking event, why is it any different if I went to your LinkedIn profile and saw your name and it just said, “I’m this. I’m that. Look at me. This is what I’ve done. Here’s my qualific.” Does that make sense? By the way, team, give me number six. And there’s a six in the chat below if that makes sense. It’s the same thing, isn’t it? And I understand the mentality and the logic behind it. Well, we do it because we want to look good. It might be our next job. No team. This is our business. Now, every single time someone comes to your page, it shouldn’t be about me. If they if you come to my page, it shouldn’t be about me. Team, who should it be about?

    Who should it be about?

    should be about them. If not Sam Drew, founder and owner of Globe Exposure of Growth. No, that’s about me. Sam Drew. I help

    Listen the difference here. Ready? I help chiropra chiropractors get more clients with AI powered content.

    Can you see the slight difference there? rather than coming to my page and it’s all me me I I I I you’ll come to my page you go huh I’m a chiropractor I want more clients that’s actually really good can you see the difference there team very subtle little difference but that one thing is going to separate you literally from 99% of people on LinkedIn and it really is as simple as that I help ex get more clients with AI powered content and look remember team Not sure what’s right. What do we do? Ask AI. Ask AI. Same with the about section. Yes, what do we do? But more importantly, who is it for? What results do they get? So many people on the about section that when it comes to the about section, people normally do one of two things. They either talk about themselves in third person like Sam Duce grew up in the Chilton valleys in High Wickham in southeast England. Like don’t please don’t talk about yourself in third person. It’s weird. Look, unless Morgan Freeman is narrating it, never speak about yourself in third person or we do the I I I me me I I I I me me me me me me me me me me me me me me me me me me me me me. The about section should be how do I help them? Who’s it for? What results can they get? And there’s a little bit there that says a feature as well. Team get your audit link pinned there. If I’m taking the time to click through, look at your page. I see your photo, your headline, your about section. Wow, this is for me. Give me something to do. Now, I appreciate we’ve not gone through the audit funnel. We’re going through that today. Put it there, team. Put it there. It’s the first thing anyone sees. Give them the opportunity to fill in the audit team. That is free business. It’s free business. Give me an F in the chat if that makes sense. And then also some of us might need to go through and check our settings. All right, go and check your visibility settings. Make sure you got your connection settings. I get it. You might be a private person. You go, “No one can even see my profile.” Well, now we need to. Okay, now we need to make sure you’ve checked your settings. Make sure that people can find you. Make sure they can connect with you. Make sure that they can see you. Make sure they can click through on your profile. very very simple five-step process team to optimize our LinkedIn profile. Give me number five in the chat if that makes sense. Step number one, optimize your LinkedIn profile. Now, from there, it’s step number two, team. This is our LinkedIn sales navigator. I’m going to share my screen in a moment and we’re going to dive in to sales navigator. I’m going to break all of these down for you so you got absolute clarity. But here’s the kicker as well, team. I’ve even gone one step further. I know. So, I know what you’re thinking, Sam. You keep overd delivering. This is too much. I know. I’m sorry. You’re like, rather than you have to try and keep up with me, all I’m going to do is share my screen, go through LinkedIn Sales Navigator in a bit more detail so you understand it. And myself and Chris, we have built the LinkedIn searches for all of the five niches for you. You do not need to worry about it. All of those searches across the geography, industry, job title, seniority level, and headcount. Every single part of that team is in your workbooks for you. So when you go and choose and you start building your LinkedIn sales navigator search for your chosen niche, it’s copy and paste. Copy and paste. We have taken that work from you. No worries. I can see a couple people saying thank you in the chat you are very welcome. So team really just to break it down your geography the it’s just the city the region where are you targeting what country if you’re in a country are you going to go for a specific city the industry look it’s your validated niche it’s not business owners small business it’s chiropractor HVAC home services dentist we want to inch wide mile deep remember team the job title keywords making sure we’ve got the right person who can say yes the seniority level so we skip past those gatekeepers and speak to the decision maker and then the headcount so it’s small enough to decide f fast but it’s big enough to afford your services give me number five in the chat if that makes sense team beautiful so let me go ahead and share my screen let me pull up LinkedIn sales navigator let me just swap screens one second

    okay awesome So we are now on LinkedIn Sales Navigator. Now for those that have never used LinkedIn Sales Navigator before that the easiest way to describe this is that it just opens up your ability to contact every single person on LinkedIn. Trust me team it is worth its weight in gold. Now if you do not have a LinkedIn Sales Navigator account, you’ve never used one, first things first, don’t worry. I’m going to go through this step by step, show how this works. And all of this, remember, is in your workbook. Every single search for all five niches is in your workbook. Give me number five in the chat if that’s pretty awesome. By the way, team,

    beautiful. Now, if you’ve never used LinkedIn Sales Navigator as well, sometimes, not always, don’t take it verbatim. Sometimes they give you a free 30day trial. We love a free 30-day trial. All you got to do, go to Google, type in LinkedIn Sales Navigator. It will show you the link. It’s just logged into your LinkedIn. It attaches to your LinkedIn profile. And look, if you get a free 30-day trial team, hit the ground running. use that 30 days, get your first client. That $5,000 pays for all of your softwares quite literally for the next like five years, whatever it is. So, LinkedIn Sales Navigator, I’m going to go through these step by step here. In fact, let me zoom in one more so we can see better. There we go. So, the first thing we need to realize here, team, is look on the left hand side. This is where all of our search criteria is. We can see there’s lots on there. current company, company headgout, function, current job title, seniority level, geography, industry, connection, recent updates. There’s lots on here, team. And if I click on see all filters, well, now it gets a little bit confusing. Well, what do I click? Team, you don’t need to know what most of these are. Now, yes, of course, if you’re trying to find a specific person, great. First name, last name, very helpful. All I’m going to go through team are the ones that you need to know about to start building this business. So the first one is company headcount. Now look, this is the search I’ve got here for the home services. Okay, so for those you that picked home services, this is your search. Um, all the others are in your workbook as a reminder. Now I’m going a company headcap between 1 and 50. Now if I wanted to add or remove, all I do is I click the button. I could have self-employed. If you look at the number up here from 370, it’s going to change to see what it changes to a lot more. 410. Super simple. If I wanted to remove self-employed, I just click the X and off it goes. Now, we could go all the way up to 10,000 plus employees. We don’t want that, though. We don’t really want to go over 50 employees. Why is that, team? Well, we want to deal with companies between 1 and 10 and 11 to 50 employees. Why is that team? It’s very simple. They don’t have the red tape to cut through. They are the ones that can get on a call and go, “Yeah, I’m in.” They don’t have If you want to deal with a company that’s like 10,000 plus employees, you got to speak to HR. They’re going to say things like, “What does your company stand for?” Like making making you money, getting new clients. Okay, great. If your company were an animal, what would it be? You get weird HR questions like that. We don’t want to deal with that. Yeah, you might earn a lot of money. It’s going to take you 5 years to even have an opportunity. So, we want to do one to 50. Now, the current job title, what we’ve got here is what’s called a boolean search. So you can see owner or founder or president or CEO or principal or co-founder or managing partner. Now all you have to do team is you’ve just got to click the plus button and paste in here the exact search. All I’m looking to do team is I’m looking to find the right person to speak to. I don’t want to speak to someone lower. I want to speak to the apprentice. I want to speak to the owner of the company. Y team. What can they make? They can make a what team? Let me know in the chat.

    Exactly. These people here can make a decision. They’re the people I want to speak to team. And we double that with checking the seniority level. They’ve got to be director, owner, or CXO of the partner. meaning they’ve actually got to be the owner of the company team. So all we want to do in the current job title and seniority level all we are doing is we are just making sure we are speaking to the right person from there geography as you can see team I I picked the United States of America why it’s where the money is we discussed this we discussed this when we went through the niches it’s where the money is if we wanted to add others we click the plus button here and we can quite literally select any location North America Europe, California, uh, Florida. So, give me some very strange ones here. Africa, we can do regions. We could even break it down by postal codes, zip codes, if you will. But I don’t want to do that, team. I want to keep it to countries where I know the economy means I can earn more money. I know that they’re going to make a decision quicker, and I know for a fact that it matches with my niches. Now look, I recommend the United States of America. You can go wherever you want, team. It’s your business. But let’s say for instance, I wanted to add in England. All I do is I click here. I click include. And there we go. Now we’ve got England in there as well. So for the sake of it, let’s say we’ve got United States and England. Now the next one here is the industry. This is the big one that’s going to change team. Okay. So far, company headcount, regardless of the niche, stays the same. Job title, seniority level stays the same regardless of the niche. Geography stays the same regardless of the niche. The industry, this is where we start to refine it down. Now, if I’m looking for a dentist, I don’t use construction, specialty trade, contractors, utilities, and facility services. So depending on the niche, this is how we make sure we’re finding the right person in the right niche. Give me a little yes in the chat by the way team if that makes sense. The right person in the right niche.

    Beautiful. So again, the geography stays the same. The only one that varies niche per niche is our industry. And as we scroll down here, as you see, we’ve got 380,000 results at the moment. 380,000. That’s a lot of people to go after. But here’s the thing, team. It’s about the quality. It’s about the quality. Nonnegotiable team. This little button here, posted on LinkedIn. So, if I hover over here and just highlight this, identify leads who have changed jobs in the last 90 days. We don’t want that one. Or who have posted on LinkedIn in the last 30 days. Why do I want to be contacting people that have posted on LinkedIn in the last 30 days, team? It’s very simple. They’re using LinkedIn. And look, this is 13,000 people from 360,000 people. That means that nearly 360,000 people team haven’t logged into their LinkedIn in the last 30 days. They haven’t posted. They might not even logged into their LinkedIn in the last 10 years, which means we’re going to go to all this time, energy, and effort to send them a message. They’re never going to see it. So, we go from 380,000. We toggle this one on. Now we have a highly targeted list of a companies between 1 and 50 employees owner founder seniority level making sure they’re the owner of the company the geography in the United States and England at this one here just for the sake of this in the niche that we want and they have posted in the last 30 days. And look at this team. President, founder, president, director of operations. This is how we start to find the right people team. So, so simple. It really isn’t over complicated. Don’t over complicate it. Company headcount stays the same. Current job title stays the same. Seniority level stays the same. Geography stays the same. Industry changes for our niche. non-negotiable posted on LinkedIn in the last 30 days. And team, it’s as simple as that. Give it a little me in the chat, by the way. If that’s blown your mind, the finding 13,000 people of the exact ideal client, it is that simple. On me in the chat if that’s blown your mind. Yeah. Step number two, team. Step number one, LinkedIn profile optimization. Step number two, finding the right people on LinkedIn in Sales Navigator. Now, I’m going to go very quickly flick back to my screen where we got a slide uh before we move into the final step, which is our outreach. One second.

    Super simple, right team? So simple. No technical ability needed there. Click, click, click, click, click, and then boom. There are literally tens of thousands of exact ideal clients that we want to work with. Give me number five in the chat by the way if that is so simple, so powerful. And again, LinkedIn Sales Navigator, the best social media tool on the planet at the moment. Why? Because look, yes, there’s an investment. Oh my god, Sam, there’s an investment. Yeah, it’s $97 a month. I think it might be a little bit more, might be a little less. It kind of fluctuates from kind of month to month sometimes. It’s got it 100 bucks. 100 bucks a month team to be able to find every single exact ideal client you want team. You are small. This cost me $5 grand of my own money. Five grand of my own money. Give me number one in the chat if you prefer $97 as opposed to $5,000 a month. And again, look, if you haven’t got one already, super simple. I believe you still get a 30-day free trial. Just double check that. Use that 30 days, get your first client, pays for your LinkedIn sales navigator quite literally for the next like 5 years, whatever it is. So now we know where the search is. We’ve got tens of thousands of people. How do we reach out? Now, full disclaimer on this one here, team, before we go into this session. Okay, the software that we use, it is a software called Dripify. Full on disclaimer here, team, make sure you’re paying attention. Using AI softwares on LinkedIn is a little bit frowned upon from LinkedIn. They don’t like it. Okay, they don’t like it. Now, there is a risk, a minute risk that if you do use an AI powered outreach tool like Dripify, they might shut your account down. Now, I have never seen this happen myself personally. Never seen this happen. Chris has never seen this happen. In fact, even Chris just using this software, Drop Dripy, in his agency has generated over $5 million US with nearly a dozen team members using it every single day. Never been an issue. So, look, yes, there is a risk to it. It’s a risk I am personally willing to take because it literally saves me team hundreds of hours a week. Now, if you are super super worried and you go, well, I don’t want any risk. Well, first things first team that there’s always risk in everything. There’s risk when you drive a car. There’s risk when you eat food. You can do all of this manually. It’s completely up to yourself. I am just telling you right now, it’s what we use. We’ve never seen any issue and it is absolutely incredible. But we’ve never seen an issue because of one key element which I’m about to share with you in a moment when I go into it and actually show you the software itself. And if it does happen, team, there’s always a way around that. Give me a yes in the chat if that makes sense with the disclaimer there, team. Give me a little yes in the chat if that makes sense. Beautiful. So, there’s four messages. We build it once. It sends automatically forever. We got a connection request. We make it short, human, no pitch. Okay. The reason to connect, nothing more. That is it. We have our value message. We send that once they accept the free audit link in there framed as a gift. It’s not a sale. It’s a gift. It’s a tool that they can use. After that, then we move into our manual process. The first two messages are all done automatically with Dripify. As soon as they reply back, this is when we move into our manual messages here, team. But remember, copy paste, copy, paste. You use the LinkedIn objection handler. It’s a LinkedIn sales objection handler. You copy their message. You paste it in. You get the response. You copy paste. Final touch point. Hey, you got a bit quiet. We try multiple times. Just because someone goes a little bit quiet doesn’t mean team doesn’t mean they’re not interested, does it? Doesn’t mean they’re not interested. Maybe they’re busy. Maybe they’re just busy. So, I’m going to go ahead share my screen again. Let’s dive into Dripify. One second.

    So, you should never be able to see my screen. Just give me a number five in the chat if you can see my screen here. Beautiful. Fantastic. So, team that this is inside of Dripy. Okay. I know it looks a bit confusing. There’s colors everywhere. There’s lots on screen. It It really is very simple team. Okay. I’m going to walk you through step by step and I’m going to quite literally build a campaign live for you to show you how simple this is to have AI doing outreach every single day for you team. Every single day for you. Now, before you ask, what do you need in terms of what level? You need to get the advanced monthly. It’s got to be the advanced account. And I’ll explain why in a moment. my personal recommendation team. Start on the monthly account, okay? But you can get the yearly, you might save a hundred bucks. Start on the monthly. Get your first client in. Once you got your first client, great. Upgrade. Pay the year off in full. Get the saving. But when you’re first starting out, monthly, $97 is absolutely nothing. Especially when you see what we can do with this team. This is the software that gives us 24/7 365 if we want outreach on autopilot. Meaning you never have to send an outreach message. Give me a yes in the chat if you like the sound of that. By the way, team beautiful. So when you first log in here, team all you’ve got to do little bit of a best practice here. Number one, you’ve got to click this little arrow here and then we need to go to my account here. All you’ve got to do, team, is you’ve got to make sure that your LinkedIn profile is connected. It’s two clicks of a button. You click a little button just here, log into your LinkedIn, you connect it, and then you log into your LinkedIn sales navigator. Again, it’s click, click. Easy, easy to do. Once you’ve done those two steps, now the next step, we move over here to settings. Now, as you can see here, this shows the maximum number of actions per day. So you can see mine at the moment is 19 connection requests, seven messages, 30 emails, uh 33 profile views, five endorsements, 58 likes, following 17 that I can send 12 emails. Now, why is this important? Well, over here, let me move my head out the way. There we are. Is what’s called activity control here, team. Activity control. Now this turned on is absolutely nonnegotiable team. Non-negotiable. The activity control as you can see here. Listen to this team. advanced safety feature that ensures gradual growth of your performance and may adjust your daily connecting messaging email limits to prevent both your LinkedIn and email accounts from being flagged for excessive activity team. It is a guard rail to protect your LinkedIn profile. If you turn this off, you you’re rolling a dice hoping it never comes up six. Always leave this turned on. Now, the maximum we can send a day is 75 connection requests, but you know what? Sometimes it says 19. Tomorrow it might say 52. The day after it might say three. It randomizes it team to ensure that you fly under that radar. Give me a yes in the chat if that makes sense. Must leave this turned on. And again, if you want, you can go through, you can update your working hours as well. So, how do we build a campaign? It’s so simple. Watch this. Ready? I click on campaigns. Just here. I come over. I click on new campaign. Now, the first thing it’s going to ask us to do, team, is add leads. All I do is I click the add leads button and then I just highlight here LinkedIn Sales Navigator search. There’s multiple different options here. We’re going to choose LinkedIn Sales Navigator search. Transfer profiles from the search panel of your sales navigator. So, I go ahead, I click that button, and then I click on next. Now, step two of four. Super simple, by the way. By the way, give me a number one in the chat. Who can do everything I’ve done so far? So simple. What you’ll notice here, team, is we’ve got a little empty bar here. So all we have to do is we’re going to come back up here to our LinkedIn sales navigator. This is our search that we did earlier in this session here team. This is our search that we did for our home services. You are going to just click up here, highlight the entire URL. You are going to copy the entire thing. We are then going to come back to Dripify. We are going to paste this in. and it is now going to pull all of that search that we did on LinkedIn Sales Navigator and it’s going to pull in people straight away. Now, you can see here, here’s the link. It has pulled in the first 2,475 people. Now, you can see our search is 13,000 people. It pulls in 2,00 how many do we have? 2,475. Now, the great thing about this is team, we’re not going to reach the same people. The 2,475 people I pull in are going to be different to yours. You haven’t got to worry about that. We want to add the maximum profiles. Now, once we’ve reached all 2,475, we just do the same process. We add the leads. It adds in the next 2 and a half thousand. The next 2 and a half thousand. Does that make sense? See, give me a nine in the chat if that makes sense.

    We go ahead, we click next. Now, from here, there’s a couple things we want to check here. Choose lead filtering rules for this lead list. We want to make sure we remove same leads from other campaigns. Always leave that on because we might be forgetting we’ve done it. And again, this one here, if you want, you can say if they don’t have a photo, well, do you know what? I’d like to remove them as well cuz if they don’t have a photo, they’re probably not even going to do it. But you can remove that if you want as well. It’s completely up to you. We go ahead. We click next. And we name this. Make sure you name this something you will remember. So you want to say like home services. Oh, if I can type search. And then you’re going to put in the date of when you did this. Please don’t forget. And you’re going to type in um as an example AI agency audit offer or you can just put AI audit offer. So always type in here team the niche. Type in the date you added it and then type in what this is for. What this is this is exposure growth academy. This is your AI agency. I’m giving that free audit. And then all we do team, we go ahead, we create that list and off it goes. Naturally, I’ve got a bit of a network error here. Let me just go ahead and sort this. But we’ll come back to this in a second. But you just click create a list team and it would create the list. No worries. So once we’ve done that team, our next step here, uh, I’m going to save this. I’m going to save this. We’re going to then come in here and I’m just going to show you an example post here team. Show you an example post here. So the sequence we’re going to build here is so simple. This looks really confusing. And again, I want to show you a very a finished sequence so you can see it in full access. But it’s so so simple for us to build. It looks really confusing, doesn’t it? You look at this and go, “Wow, Sam, there’s just so much on this. so much. It is really isn’t. Okay. All we’re going to do, we’re going to zoom in. All you do here, team, is you click a plus button. See this little plus button here? You click that and look what shows up here. It shows, well, do you want to send an invite? Do you want to maybe send a message? Do you want to do a view profile? Endorse skills. All we’re going to do here, team, you’re going to click the little plus button here, and you’re going to click send invite. That’s it. You’re going to click send invite. Now, once we have that, we’re going to go ahead and click on this. And immediately here, you can see there’s a message popping up. Now, this is a profile we built up for another one of our clients. And you can actually quite literally see it here. is actually one of our clients who um uh became a bit of a business partner with myself and Chris. By the way, give a little me in the chat. Who don’t mind being business partners with us, having us basically do everything for you. We run everything. We manage everything. Yeah, quite a few people. Stay tuned. I’ll let you know how we could do this. And what we do here, team, is we just type in our connection message. Type in our connection message here. Now, what do we type? Well, let there’s so many ways we can do this. As an example, if I come down here, I can click on first name and we can just go ahead. Let’s just remove that one for the moment. I could go ahead click first name. What this will then do, if I click first name, it will pull someone’s first name from LinkedIn and it will say, “Hi, Sam.” Really powerful. I could do the position, their job title. I could do their company, their country. I could even have so many of more these in here. Team, this is how we can make an AI outreach message to everyone start to seem personal as if we have taken the time to type it out. Give me a five in the chat. That’s pretty awesome there, by the way, team. Pretty awesome, right? So uh I’m not going to change this as it’s another person’s one there as well. Got to love a live event, right? You got to love a network issue. Um so here all we do is we then click save. What we then do team is we have an opportunity if they accept our request or if they don’t accept our request. So let’s say if they don’t accept our request, we then click on a delay timer. We then say, “I would like you to wait one day.” Now, we could click 1 hour, but we’re going to wait a day. We’re going to apply that. If they if someone doesn’t accept it, we send it out. They don’t accept, we wait one day, and automatically without us doing anything, we can then go and view their profile. We click the plus button, we say, “Go and view their profile.” Just gives them a little notification. Hey, Sam Drew viewed your profile. It pushes them back to the message. We wait a day, follow them. We wait a day, like one of their posts. We wait a day, view their profile again, like a post, wait 3 days, wait 7 days, and then we say, “Hey, do you know what? If after all of that, they still haven’t responded, we we’ll drop them out. We’ll end the sequence.” All it is team is literally clicking a plus button. Simple as that team. We click plus add like a post. Unfollow view profile. It really is. Click click click click click. Give me a C in the chat if you can click.

    So simple right now. If they do accept, we want to wait 3 hours. We click on that. We add it in team. Wait 3 hours. Don’t put it like immediately or 1 hour. Give it a bit of time. 3 4 hours. It needs to look real, doesn’t it? If you send a message and immediately you get one back, yeah, that’s not real. It’s not a real person. We want it to look real there, team. And then from there, we go ahead and we have our message. This is our call to action. This is our message, by the way, saying, “Hey, first name. Thanks so much for reaching out. Hey, look, as promised, we’ve got a free social media audit. What this is going to do for you is ABC. Here’s the link for it. You can go ahead, you can view it. And look, you can type in any links you want here. Any link you put, if I click on this now, nothing happens. But if I put the link in there, when it posts to them on LinkedIn, it becomes a clickable link. So so powerful there team. And that is it. We have this message sending out. We can even if we want we can send an email out to them. If they view my message, they haven’t viewed a message, view their profile. if they have viewed their profile and again simple as click add click add click and add and team this is the absolute beating heart that is running in the background it is click click copy paste if you’re not too sure team what to write in here we ask AI we’re not too sure what to write in here we ask AI give me a wow in the chat box. By the way, if that is amazing how simple that is. It is literally just click click click click copy paste click copy paste. Give me a wow in the chat if that is absolutely gamechanging. Beautiful. And it really is team that simple. In fact, let me go back to my screen. I want to give you a bit of an understanding of some average results. Give me one sec.

    There we go. I’m back on this one. So team, by the way, just give me a little me in the chat if that has absolutely blown your mind and you just sat and you’ve had a bit of a realization. I I can do this. I I could set that up. There is nothing technical in there. All I’ve got to do is click a couple of buttons, make sure the safety is on, and I can set my working hours. And this can run in the background while I do what I want, when I want with who I want. team. You could literally be sat having your morning cup of coffee, your morning cup of tea. You could be taking the kids to school on the school run. You could be sat You could be still sleeping. You could be on holiday on a beach with your toes in the warm sand, the sun beating down, hearing the lapping of the sea with a cold drink in your hand. or that works in the background for you. 247365.

    Give me a yes in the chat if you want that. Fantastic.

    Brilliant. Cuz ultimately team that’s the system. That is it. That’s the system. That is the outreach system. We build it once. It runs forever. Now what kind of average numbers can we look at team? For every 500 messages you send, you should probably get around about 10% of people replying, that’s 50 replies.

    When those 50 people remember sending that audit, the copy paste LinkedIn sales objection handler about 20% of those should be booking in a call. 10 calls booked in and team even just for starting out you should be hitting a minimum 20% of those calls that you have should be saying yes I’m in when you if you’ve got experience in sales or maybe if you outsource this to a a commission only sales team which we’re going to talk about don’t worry you can expect that 30 40 50 60%. So, just think of it this way, team. For every 500 messages you send, that could be $10,000 in your bank account and $1,000 a month. Every single month, that is a $22,000

    payriseise.

    Give me a wow in the chat, by the way, if that’s pretty damn amazing. Yeah, that’s pretty awesome. And again, really just to drive this home to finish off the session team. Look, before you activate, before you build this, whether it be on the break, whether it be on the after the lunch or whether it be after the session, when you build this team, have this realization. I want you to recognize what’s happening. That campaign is going to reach out to real business owners on your behalf without you lifting a finger. Not practice business owners, real business owners. Meaning, by the way, team, you are now a real business owner. This is not a hobby. Recognize this. The moment you click go on that campaign, you are a business owner. That is who you are now. Give me number five in the chat. That’s pretty awesome. Fantastic. So team, we are going to go ahead and we’re going to take a let me just double check. We’re going to take a 10 minute leg stretch now. A little 10-minute leg stretch. We’re going to come back for a game changer of a session in that next one. 10-minute leg stretch. And I will see you very soon. Thank you so much, team.

    Heat.

    Heat.

    Heat.

    Heat.

    Heat. Heat.

    Heat. Heat.

    Heat up here.

    Heat.

    Heat.

    Heat. Heat.

    Heat.

    Heat.

    Heat.

    Heat.

    Heat. Heat.

    Heat.

    Heat.

    Heat. Heat.

    Heat.

    Heat.

    Heat. Heat. N.

    Heat. Heat. N.

    Heat. Heat. N.

    Heat. Heat.

    Heat.

    Heat.

    Heat. Heat. N.

    Heat. Heat.

    Heat.

    Heat.

    Heat.

    Heat.

    Heat. Heat.

    Heat. Heat.

    Heat.

    Heat.

    Heat. Heat.

    Heat.

    Heat. Heat.

    Heat.

    So, welcome back everyone. Welcome back. A huge welcome back. Go ahead, give me a number five in the chat. Who is back? Give me a number five in the chat. Who is back there, team? And also, while you’re there, give me a little me in the chat if that last session was amazing. Quite literally, such a simple process, right? Optimize our LinkedIn, get our sales navigator search, make sure we’ve got our AI outreach working for us 24 hours a day, 365 days a year. Meaning, look, team, there is no manual outreach. Now, I know what you’re thinking. Yeah, but Sam, what happens if someone replies? We’re going to cover that off a little bit later today as well. Now this session here team this session is is one of those sessions that we almost kind of don’t want to have we don’t want to address we don’t want to talk about but it’s probably the most important session of this entire event because today in this session it’s all about making sure you get results after this event by addressing up here these limiting beliefs that we all have. And look, you’ve all got them. I’ve got them. I still have them. We all have them. Oh, well, I can’t do it because enter a reason. Too old, too young, too educated, not educated enough, too busy, no money, too much money, too much freedom, not enough freedom, no time. See, we have all got a million reasons locked and loaded in our head, ready to go that hold us back. Give me a two in the chat if we can all agree on that. By the way, team, in fact, you’ve probably been saying this, saying them to yourselves over the event so far. Now, just imagine as an example, imagine a world where you said to yourself, “Hey, I’m going to go ahead and I’m going to set up an AI agency and it’s going to be absolutely incredible.” Imagine if your brain immediately went, “Yeah, you are. You You can do it. Let’s go.”

    How much easier would that make a business team? How much easier, by the way, would that make life? Because look, the reality is we’ve all got these limiting beliefs on our head. I’m no different. You I’m further down the line, team. That’s all it is. And in this session, I’m going to quite literally show you how our brain works, why these limiting beliefs come up, and more importantly, team, how to overcome them. Because ultimately, look, knowing how to do something doesn’t mean you go and do it. I’m sure we all know we should get up at 5:00 in the morning, go on a five mile run in a gym session, and have a kale smoothie for breakfast. doesn’t mean you do it though and if we can understand up here team the rest of this falls into place like I said when I started my business I was my biggest problem and if we can get this on our side team the rest of it is easy cuz ultimately look if you can control your thoughts then you can control your emotions if you can control your emotions then you can control your actions and if you can control your actions team, then you can control the outcome. Now, for my science people here, don’t worry. We’re not going to go woo woo on this, okay? We’re not going to go woo woo. Give me a give me a W in the chat. Who are my kind of woo woo people here? You know, you love the law of attraction, intuition, universal forces. Yeah, give me a W in the chat. And uh who are my science people here that quite literally just heard me say universal forces, intuition, law of attraction, and you almost throw up in your mouth. Give me an S in the chat here, team. I’m kind of in the middle. Okay. I like the woowoo stuff, but I like stuff that’s backed up with science. And everything we’re going through here, team, it’s all back backed up with science. Cuz look, there’s three kind of phases, if you will, three stages of our brain. We’ve got our conscious mind, our subconscious mind, and our unconscious mind. We are not diving in to our unconscious mind. Team, that’s like a twoe Freudian trip. But what we’re going to look at here, team, it is the conscious mind versus the subconscious mind. The conscious mind is what we call the goal setter. As part of your homework, you were to sit down and write out right, well, I want this, I want this team. You had to consciously think, what do I want? You know, you didn’t put your pen down on a paper like a Ouija board and it’s moving. I’m not doing this. It is moving. What does it say? It says five bedroomedroom house. No, you consciously when what do I want? Now, the funny thing about this is team, you don’t need to work on your conscious mind. Would you like to see a live demonstration of me working on my conscious mind? You ready? Here we go. Here’s a live demonstration. I’m sad. No, I’m not. I’m happy. There you go. I just changed my conscious mind. I’m really scared. No, I’m not. I’m confident. I changed my conscious mind. That doesn’t mean I’m confident, though, does it? The subconscious mind, team, that is the goal getter. That’s the part of our brain that does things on autopilot every single moment of every single day. Just think about it, team. Think about every single action, every single word out of your mouth. If you had to consciously instruct it, it doesn’t work, does it? We are all slaves to the subconscious team. I wake up in the morning, the first thing I do is I pick up my daughter. Second thing I do without even thinking about it is walk out, turn the kettle on, and get ready to make a coffee. I don’t consciously go, hm, I’m going to have a coffee today. We just go and do it. And we do this all day long, team. It isn’t just our thinking, it’s our actions. Ready? Someone walks up to you. Fingers on the keyboard. Finish my sentence here, team. You ready? Someone walks up to you and goes, “Hey, how are you?” What do you say back? Oh, I’m good, thanks. You team, when’s the last time someone said, “How are you?” and you went, “How am I? Let me have a think right now.” No, you just automatically say it back. Another great example here, team. You’re in a clothes shop. The very keen 18-year-old sales assistant comes skipping over. Hi, is there anything I can help you with today? No thanks. I’m just just looking, just browsing. A team that we do this look, my favorite one though, think of a journey that’s like really really familiar to you. Maybe it’s like home from work, home from the school run. Have you ever like, you know, put the kids in the back seat, shut the door, turn the ignition on, and you’ve gone, I’m home. I don’t remember that drive. Give me a little me in the chat if you’ve ever remember, you’ve ever had that experience where you don’t remember the drive team. Yeah, you didn’t teleport team, but what happened was it’s such a familiar behavior for you and you do it so often that our conscious brain just turns off. And on autopilot, we get to an end destination. Now, team, like I said, I’m not a preacher. I’m not here to preach at you. Fact, evidence, and data, right? Am I fair to say if you can drive a one to three ton metal box with a combustible engine underneath it through busy streets with your children in the back seat, and you don’t realize you’re doing it? Am I also fair to say maybe you are taking actions in your life that are in complete contradiction to the goals you consciously set. Yes or no team? Let me know in the chat. What do we think?

    100%. 100% team. Now where the really scary part comes in team is the split between the two. On average, conscious mind about 5% of what we do 95% of what we do on a dayto-day basis team is just gone complete autopilot. Think about it. When’s the last time you consciously went left foot stop, lift right foot, right foot stop. We consciously think of about 5%. Now look, some are higher, some are lower. But it means that 95% of all of our actions and behaviors on a day-to-day basis are on autopilot. Meaning team, if our subconscious, i.e. our limiting beliefs isn’t on our side, how are we going to win? 5% versus 95%. How are we going to win? Team, this is another reason why I want you to have a realization. It’s not your fault you haven’t got the results up until now. You did everything within your power, right? That 5%, you set your goal. You put a plan in place. But unless we get that 95% subconscious on our side by addressing these limiting beliefs, it doesn’t matter how much you want it to team, that 95% over here will swoop back in and bring you back to what is normal for us, i.e. your life right now. Give you an example, team. Three words to prove my point. New Year’s resolutions. Everyone always sets a New Year’s resolution, right? And if you ever noticed that most New Year’s resolutions are to get fit and healthy, you get in the best shape of my life. Which is ironic because what do we do all of December, you spend the entire month eating and drinking everything you physically can. And then December 31st, after a couple of beers, maybe a couple of glass of wine, you go, I’m I’m doing it. This is the year, best shape of my life. So consciously we make the decision to get in to set a goal. Then what happens is January 1st, we probably wake up with a hangover. First week of January, we join a gym. We consciously do everything right. We download My Fitness Pal. We get a gym routine. We’re there running like, you know, the old cross trainer. We’re doing we got the measurement, you know, measuring out grains of rice to make sure it’s the exact grams we need. But we don’t address anything up here about our behavior, do we? And how we think, our limiting beliefs. And then what always happens around about February or March time? Well, we fall off the wagon. Fall off the wagon. And we don’t even realize we’re doing it. You’ll have a really bad day. You come home, you sit down, and you look down, you go, “Oh, I just ate a whole pack of biscuits and had four beers was because we didn’t address these limiting beliefs, team, that are holding us back.” And there’s another word for our conscious mind, by the way, team. It’s called willpower. Willpower will only last on average around about 6 to 8 weeks.

    So, you do everything right, trying to get in shape for six to eight weeks, and then what happens is your subconscious swoops back in and goes, “No, no, no. We’re back to eating cakes and biscuit.” Does that make sense, by the way? Give me a seven in the chat if you’ve had a realization. That’s happened to you in the past, by the way, team. Yeah. And the same thing probably happened with your business. All we need to do, team, is we just need to reprogram this subconscious to make sure it’s on our side. And the great news is team, it’s actually pretty easy to do. And in fact, we’re going to do it in this session. But what we need to do beforehand is we need to start out where these mixed messagings are. And we’re going to do an exercise team. It’s on, I believe, around about page 13 of your books. It’s called mixed messages messing things up. I can’t remember the exact page of it as well. But what are we to do here, team? We’re going to do a bit of an exercise because we need to see where these mixed messages are because what you’re probably finding at the moment is you’re going to set a goal over here. I want to earn $10,000 a month. Okay? That’s your conscious. That’s your goal setter. That’s what you think. Your subconscious team, these limiting beliefs is what do you feel? Does that make sense? I think, oh, I’m going to hit $10,000 a month. What do you feel? What is that gut feeling inside of it? What’s that voice in the back of our heads saying? I’m going to hit $10,000 a month. Yeah, someone like you can’t do this. Who do you think you are? Why can’t you be happy with what you’ve got? And look, there’s nothing wrong with this. By the way, team, if you’ve got that little voice over here, good. We all have it. But we want to do a bit of an exercise. It’s around about page 13. Consciously, what I want you to do, team, is consciously, I want you to write down a goal that you want to hit with business. I want to get my first client in the first 30 days. Immediately write that down. And immediately after, team on the other side of the paper, write down what you feel. I would have hit $10,000 a month. Immediately after, yeah, but someone like me can’t do that. I already get my first client in the first 30 days. I haven’t got a hope in hell in doing that. I don’t know how to sell. I I you know I’m just I should go back to my full-time job. Does that make sense so far? Give me a two in the chat if that makes sense. We’re going to go goal conscious feeling what you feel which is our subconscious limiting beliefs that are potentially holding us back. And team be honest with yourself. There’s no right or wrong answer here. All we’re trying to do is see consciously is that actually in line with our limiting beliefs? Because if we think we want this, but our limiting belief is here, it it doesn’t work out, team, does it? It doesn’t work out. So, we’re going to take about four minutes on this here, team. About 4 minutes on this. I’m going to go ahead turn my camera off so I’m not distracting. 4 minutes, team. Conscious, subconscious, conscious, subconscious. And off we go.

    Heat.

    Heat.

    Heat

    up here.

    Heat.

    Heat.

    Heat.

    Heat.

    Heat.

    Heat.

    Heat.

    Heat.

    Heat.

    Heat.

    Heat. Heat.

    Heat. Heat.

    Heat. Heat.

    Okay, team finishing up and stop right there. Fantastic. So, give a little bit of a a me in the chat if you’ve just had a bit of a realization that your brain isn’t on your side. Yeah, you pro cuz the first time I did this exercise, I went, “Hold on a second here. Hold on a second. I I thought we were friends.” What? Consciously, every goal that I set, my swap conscious was in complete contradiction. Give me a one in the chat if that happened to you. And yeah team look this is the reason why this is the number one thing that if we don’t address this you’d have just gone out there into the real world knowing what to do had start to take action and then what happens is we just self sabotage team does that make sense give me a two in the chat if that makes sense we starting to see how valuable of this is and for me this is the reason why myself Chris Georgie we have all spent tens of thousands of dollars just addressing up here because if this isn’t on your side, it doesn’t matter how much information you have, you’re never going to implement team. And look, my subconscious I is is so damn programmed. I selling is the best thing in the world. I deserve everything. I am worth it. And it isn’t because I grew up like that. No, I’ve reprogrammed my subconscious cuz you’re always going to have these feelings, team. I still have these feelings. What’s going to happen is look, you’ve got a bit of a barrier here right now. We’re going to overcome that barrier. And then guess what team? It’s going to be a whole new set of limiting beliefs that come up. You’re going to overcome them. A whole new set, a whole new set. People like Richard Branson, Lord Alan Sugar, Oprah Winfrey, Tony Robbins, they still have them. There’s always a next level in life and new issues to overcome. The way that this is team, the best analogy I can give you, it’s like a garden. It’s like a garden, right? I can’t go out into my back garden, mow the lawn once, put a load of plants, water it, and then go, “Yeah, that’s me done. I’ll be back in 5 years.” It’s going to get overgrown. It takes a little bit of maintenance team because we’ve always going to have limiting beliefs when we get to that next level in life. Give me a six in the chat if that makes sense, by the way. Now, so look, now we know we’ve got these mixed messages here, team. We need to start addressing how our subconscious works because our subconscious by the way team gets all of its ideas from its beliefs. Now want to make something very very clear. I forgot to say this at the beginning of the session team want to make something clear. Full disclaimer here. Anytime in this session or the entire event if I ever say the word beliefs please pay attention here. I am not talking about anything to do with religion, anything to do with spirituality. All I am talking about is the beliefs we have about ourselves, money, our business, and what we can achieve. Give me a six in the chat if that makes sense. By the way, team, beautiful. Now, the beliefs we all have, team, that they aren’t something we choose. They just happen, don’t they? Money doesn’t grow on trees. Money is a root of all evil. We went through this. Look, think about all of the limiting beliefs that you have right now. The ones we just went through. If you could actively choose them, you wouldn’t choose anything negative, would you? That’s psychotic. You’d only choose things that are going to help you. And we just randomly absorb beliefs, team, as human beings until now, of course, because beliefs are absorbed, team, and we don’t have any control over this. It’s completely unconscious. Beliefs are absorbed when we hear something from an authority figure. Repetition and we hear it with impact. As an example, team, let me know in the chat some authority figures that you may have absorbed beliefs from in the past.

    Parents. Yeah, huge one. Parents. We absorb beliefs from parents, siblings, teachers at school. Yeah. Religious leaders. Yeah. Not all beliefs we absorb are negative, right? When you go to religion, you absorb fantastic positive beliefs. The government. Yeah. The government. Team. The government. Well, if the government said it, it must be true. Team, there’s another word for that, by the way. It’s called propaganda. Team. Before the invention of the internet, countries would use propaganda as a weapon. It’s that powerful. Yeah, mentors. Another great one. Mentors. Yeah, you can absorb beliefs from your mentor as well. Friends, definitely repetition over and over and over again. And if we hear something with impacting, we are so much more likely to absorb it. And when you hear something from an authority figure with repetition and they say it’s so impactful, we start to believe ourselves. Give you an example of this team. Have you ever been in a position where maybe um let’s say for instance, you know, you’re just chatting to maybe an authority figure in your life, someone you love, respect, and you know, you say a fact and they go and sorry, they say a fact and you go that’s not true. And you know 100% in your brain it is not true. but because they’re an authority figure that maybe you love and respect and they keep repeating the wrong fact and they’re saying it with so much impact. Have you ever noticed you start to doubt yourself? You go, “Well, maybe they are. Maybe I’m wrong.” Give me a one in the chat if that’s ever happened to you by the way team. Yeah. Authority, repetition, and impact. And these beliefs that we absorb, team, they are driving our income. They are driving our behavior as adults. Cuz ultimately, team, we’re just not taught how this works. All of the beliefs that we absorb, our beliefs drive our feelings. Our feelings then drive our thoughts. Our thoughts drive our actions. Our actions give us a result. Our result gives us an experience. And the experience you’ve had reinforces a belief.

    Let me give you an example about this a little bit more kind of personal to myself team so we all understand it. Look, when I was younger team, my dad was a business owner. He was an auto electrician. For those you don’t know what that is, it’s working on electrics on big lries. And you know, he worked six sometimes seven days a week. Now, when he worked less and I saw my dad more, money was a bit tight. There was a lot more stress. When he worked long hours, well, things were okay. So, team, when I was younger, did I absorb a belief that you could work short hours or you had to work long hours? Let me know in the chat, team. Short hours or long hours?

    Yeah, long hours. So there I was team set up my first business and it was my very first agency. I went from being on minimum wage nearly $20,000 in debt and now I’m earning 2030 $40,000 a month and I’m working like 2 hours a day. Now my belief is I need to work long hours. What do you think my feelings were around earning that much money only working two two hours a day? Do you reckon they were positive or negative team? Let me know in the chat. Yeah, they should have been positive. They were negative. I felt guilty. I felt like I was almost like cheating the system. So, my thoughts were I don’t like this. This feels really bad. Okay. So, what actions did I take? Did I continue to work 2 hours or did I make myself busy? I made myself busy. What result did I get? Well, I’m working long hours now. What’s my experience? When I work short hours, I feel guilty. I don’t like it. When I work long hours, I feel better about myself. Which then reinforces my belief that to be successful in business, you have to work long hours.

    A belief that I absorbed as a child was dictating my life and my business as an adult. Give me a wow in the chat by the way if that’s pretty unbelievable. Yeah. Another great one here team. The rich get richer, the poor get poorer. Let’s go through this here. You ready? You got someone who maybe grew up in a house where money was everywhere. very abundant. What are their feelings around money? Well, money is everywhere. Money feels great. What’s their feelings when it comes to investing in themselves, investing in their business? Investing in mentorships help support what’s really positive. Well, money is everywhere. What’s their thought? I’m going to do this. What actions do they take? They invest in themselves. Mentorship support their business adverts. What results do they get? They earn more money back. What’s their experience? Well, if I invest in myself, I earn more money cuz money is everywhere. And so the cycle continues. The poor get poorer. Someone grew up maybe with not a very comfortable, shall we say, background. Maybe they didn’t even know where their next meal was coming from. What’s their belief around money? Money is scarce. Money isn’t everywhere. So what’s their feelings when it comes to investing themselves in their business? Well, very negative. What are their thoughts? I can’t afford it. What actions do they take? None. What results do they take? None. What’s their experience? Well, you need money to be able to invest the money. Money is really scarce, which then reinforces their belief that money is scarce. Team, this is happening 24 hours a day inside of here. Just give me a little me in the chat if this is blowing you away. By the way, now the great thing about this is the only thing we need to change right here team is our belief. This doesn’t happen overnight. You’re not going to all of a sudden after this session go wow yeah I have no negative beliefs. No team, what we need to do is we need to replace that damaging limiting belief with a new positive belief that then gives us the new feelings, new thoughts, new actions, new results, new experiences. And those new experiences reinforce that positive belief over time. Does that make sense? Give me a yes in the chat if that makes sense. By the way, team,

    and again, for my realists out there, welcome on here. I hope you are enjoying your half empty glass of water. T, you’ve got to stop being realistic. Being realistic is literally the most commonly traveled road to mediocrity. We’ve got to draw a line in the sand and stop being realistic here, team. Give me a yes in the chat if that makes sense.

    So, how does our brain actually work? How does our brain work? How are we filtering? And how can we use it to our advantage? Because team, we are quite literally filtering our reality every single day. Your version of real and my version of real are very, very different, team. And I’m not about to turn around and say we live in the matrix. No team, you are the only person on the planet that can see literally through your own eyes, with your own brain. No one else on this planet can see the world the same way you have because you’re filtering it through your entire existence on this planet. It’s why when you turn around to why can’t you just see it from my side? They literally can’t. They literally can’t. Give you an example. Am I fair to say team that two people can stand in front of the same painting but get a different message from it? Yes or no team?

    100% right. So we need to understand how our brain is filtering our reality because every single second team, every single second your brain is being bombarded with 400 billion bits of information. Think about that. 400 billion bits of information. Just what can you see? What can you hear? What can you smell? What can you touch? All of our senses team just bombarded with information. Our brain literally cannot handle all of that. What our brain only really processes is around about 2,000 bits of information. about 2,000 bits of information. Meaning it is 0.0 0 0 0.1% of all of the information in there we actually only see and process.

    Why am I telling you this team? I’m telling you this because the opportunities are there. We’re just not processing them. Our brain is filtering out our reality quite literally. I give you an example here team. Just hold your finger like this. Ready? And look, stare at the tip of your finger as hard as you can and then move your finger in slowly only staring at your finger. And then your nose appears. team. Your brain literally filters out a part of your body because it gets in the way of seeing the ground. If your brain is filtering out a part of your body, am I fair to say they are probably filtering out opportunities, team? Yes or no? Yes or no?

    Cuz look, your brain only only lets you see what you believe in. Your brain doesn’t want to disagree with you. So all of the information comes in here and just around about here, it’s like there’s a little filter and it says, “Does Sam believe this?” If you believe there is no opportunity to, you know, there’s no there’s no businesses in the world that need this. If you believe that, your brain isn’t going to go, “Hey, you idiot. Here’s 50 of them.” It’s just going to kick them out. Comes down here. What does Sam believe? Does he believe in it? Yes. Okay, we’ll show him that. If he doesn’t, we kick it out. There’s opportunities everywhere. The only difference is is our brain is kicking them out and we’re not seeing them. Couple of great example this team. I do this all the time. I’m cooking my meal and I’m like, “Right, where’s the where’s the salt?” I look and go, “It’s not in the cupboard. Why is the salt not in the cupboard? The salt is I the salt should be here.” I’m like, “Baby, where’s the salt?” She goes, “It’s in a cupboard.” I go, “I I’m looking in the cupboard. It is not in the cupboard. She goes, “It’s in the cupboard.” I said, “Baby, I am looking in the cupboard. It is not in the cupboard. Where is the salt?” She walks over and she just goes,

    “It was in the cupboard the entire time. Give me a one in the chat. Ever happened to you?” Yeah. Because guess what, team? To my very core, I believed the salt was not in the cupboard. So, guess what happened? My brain deleted the salt from the cupboard. Give you a great story here as well team. Bit of an example here. Now imagine you got two sales people. Okay, two salespeople and they both work for a popular running shoe company. Salesperson number one super down on their luck. They’re struggling. They’re close to getting fired. They just can’t get a sale over the line. Do you think team they’ve got positive or negative beliefs around sales? Give me a P or an N in the chat, by the way. Yeah. Negative, right?

    Salesperson number two, they got the mightest touch. They’re on fire. They’ve earned the most money they’ve ever earn in their life. And they’re on track to break the company record. positive beliefs around sales. So salesperson number one, the person with the negative beliefs, jumps on a plane, goes out to a village in the middle of nowhere trying to sell running shoes, gets out the plane, gets in a taxi, gets to this village and walks around and just goes, “Ah, it’s not going to work.” Pulls out their phone, phones their boss, and says, “Bos, I’m coming home. It’s a waste of time. We’re trying to sell them running shoes. Everyone’s walking around barefoot. No one even wears shoes. I can’t sell shoes to people that don’t own shoes. Hops in their car, drives back, off they go. Salesperson number two gets in a plane, goes to that same village, looks around, picks up the phone, and says, “Hey boss, we made a mistake. No one’s wearing any shoes. I can sell shoes to everyone. Send me more shoes.

    Same village, same opportunity. The only difference is one of the salespeople couldn’t see the opportunity of their life purely because of their beliefs. Their brain kicked it out.

    Give me a five in the chat if that makes sense by the way because we only see what we believe is real, not what is real. And we are trying to find a needle in the haststack of the information we want. But more damaging than that team is if we see the opportunity and don’t take action. Saying stuff like in a minute, it’s on my list. I’ll do it later. I’ll do it next week. I need to check with someone team. This is where our overthinking comes in. Give me an O in the chat. Who are my overthinkers here, team?

    Yeah, should be all of you. I love the fact that some of you just went, am I an overinker? I don’t really think I’m an overinker. I mean, sometimes I’m an overinker, but how do you classify an overinker? I mean, like I mean, I’d say some team, you’re overthinking about overthinking. This is the difference team between thinking and overthinking. It’s very simple this team. When you make a decision to do something, that first thought is the correct thought. I’m going to do that. I should do this. That is the correct thought. Everything else after five seconds, team is your brain desperately trying to drag you into your comfort zone and keep you safe. You know what? Yeah, I’m going to build this business.

    Then what happens is the yeah buts and the whatifs take over. Yeah, but what if it doesn’t work? Yeah, but what if I try this and I fail? Yeah, but what if people find out what I’m doing and I embarrass myself? Yeah, but what if I do this and I end up homeless? Team, the first thought is always the correct thought. All your brain is trying to do after that five seconds is come up with a million reasons why you shouldn’t do it to try and keep you safe in your comfort zone. Give me a five in the chat if that sounds all too familiar.

    That first thought is the correct. Always remember that first thought. It’s the correct thought team. So, we’re going to do a bit of an exercise here. The 5-second rule. Uh I believe it’s on a page 14. It should be the page straight after for you team. What we’re going to do team is you’re going to go through and you’re going to say to yourself that how are we going to use the 5-second rule in your life and or business remembering that first thought is always a correct thought. Has hesitating stopped you before and when? And what difference will it make using this moving forward? So team, we’re going to take around about a minute on this. Going to go ahead remove my screen, my camera so I don’t distract you. One minute on this team. Off we go. Heat.

    Heat.

    Heat.

    Heat.

    and finishing up their team. Awesome. So now let’s continue looking at our beliefs. Team, look, most of these beliefs we have are normally formed between the age of 0 and seven. Look, here’s the thing, team. You weren’t born with these beliefs. No one’s born with these beliefs. No one, by the way, is born racist. No one is born homophobic, xenophobic. No one is born a member of a certain government party. No one’s born believing they can’t achieve in life. These are all learned behaviors, team. They’re learned beliefs. Absorbed beliefs. And if we can absorb a belief and learn a belief, team, we can unlearn a belief. You weren’t You weren’t delivered with your doctor going, “Okay, come on. Push. Push. One more push.” Oh, congratulations. It’s a little baby girl who believes they’re never going to be able to earn more than $10,000 a month. It’s learned behavior team. These beliefs are nothing more than a strong feeling of certainty. They are emotionally driven and it is your choice to either blindly believe it or to challenge it and truly take control. Give me a yes in the chat by the way. Who is ready to challenge these beliefs? take control finally today. So, we’re going to do an exercise here, team. We’re going to do an exercise on page I think it’s page 15. We’ve got a list of limiting beliefs all in there, team. And what I want you to do in a minute, not right now, team, but in a minute, I want you to read every single one of those limiting beliefs. Now, as you’re reading them, team, I just want you to put a little check mark next to one that maybe you feel has a bit of an impact. Read it and ask yourself, is this something that’s holding me back? But I want you to put a check mark immediately, team, do you feel there’s something there?

    Now the reason why we to put a check mark immediately team is because as an example if you read the first one I’m not good enough to be successful. Do you feel anything like o yeah I I kind of feel something there. Do a check mark immediately because remember team this is our subconscious beliefs our limiting beliefs. just put a check mark immediately because if you don’t put a check mark after a couple of seconds, what’s going to happen is your conscious mind is going to swoop in and you’re going to go, “Oh, actually, no, no, I don’t think that affects us.” All it is, team is our conscious mind trying to protect us. We don’t want that. We want to understand which limiting beliefs are holding us back. Give me a one in the chat if that makes sense so far. By the way, team

    Now, a couple things on this. First things first, it does not matter how many you go yet on. I’m not going to ask you. I’m not going to do this exercise and at the end of it go, “Right, who’s the most messed up here?” No, no, team. This is a personal exercise. Secondly, however many you check on it, it doesn’t make you bad. It doesn’t make you weak. It makes you human. And thirdly, team just just watch your behavior here. Watch your behavior because it’s amazing how many times when I run this event now all of a sudden you suddenly have to go to the toilet. Coincidentally, right now when I’m asking you to maybe do a bit of a more difficult exercise to introspectively look, you got to make a quick phone call. Oh, I’m thirsty. Let me get some water. Team, I can’t make you do this exercise.

    can’t make you do this exercise. All I’m going to tell you right now, team is if you do this exercise, I can promise you is that it is extremely freeing. Extremely freeing. So, you’re going to go through, listen, read every single one. Which one feels like it could be holding you back from their team? All you’re going to do is you’re going to look at the ones you put a check mark on and you’re going to pick the one that maybe has the biggest impact, the one that’s holding you back the most and you’re going to bring that limiting belief team into an exercise on the next page where we’re going to start challenging these old beliefs because look, it’s nothing more than an emotional feeling of certainty. Now the easiest way team to overcome these deep emotional feelings of certainty is very simply just to shine a light of logic on it. So with that belief team, you’re just going to ask yourself a couple of questions. Number one, where did that belief come from? Who did it come from? And how long have you believed it? team. If it come maybe came from maybe your parent or a friend, it doesn’t make them bad. It’s just a handme-down. You got it from them. Guess what? They got it from someone else as well. Then ask yourself a simple question, team. Does that limiting belief does it actually serve you? Is there a chance it might not be it might not be true? From there, ask yourself, how would your life change if right now you chose to stop believing it? Think about it. 6 months, a year from now, how would your life change if you stopped believing that limiting belief right now, team? And then lastly, what new belief can you replace the old damaging one that’s going to help you move forward in life? And you’re not going to believe it right away. It’s going to be reinforced over time, team. So, I’m actually going to give you maybe a little bit longer. I might give you eight minutes on this. I’m going to give you three minutes, team. 3 minutes to go through the list of limiting beliefs. Remember, not think what do you feel? And then five minutes to go through those four questions, team. So, eight minutes, team. Off we go.

    Heat.

    Heat.

    Heat

    up

    here.

    Heat up

    here.

    Heat. Heat.

    Heat. Heat.

    Heat.

    Heat.

    Heat.

    Heat.

    Heat. Heat.

    Heat. Heat.

    Heat.

    Heat.

    Heat

    up

    here.

    Heat. Heat.

    Heat.

    Heat.

    a

    heat. Hey

    Heat. Heat.

    Heat.

    Heat.

    Heat. Heat. N.

    Heat. Heat.

    Heat.

    Heat.

    Heat. Heat.

    and finishing up team. So, let me ask you a a a quick question. Let me know in the chat how do you feel right now by the way? Let me know in the chat how how do you feel? Because I remember the very first time I did this exercise team. It was like a weight off of my shoulders. Give me a me in the chat if it kind of felt like that. And by the way, it might have got a little bit emotional. There’s nothing wrong with that. Allow it to happen team. There’s nothing wrong with inwardly looking and saying, “Hey, you know what? Yeah, I’m not perfect. There’s things I need to change.” And generally, I just want to say a massive, massive thank you to every single one of you for doing that exercise. And also team, reminding you that you don’t have to go through this all on your own.

    We are okay to get help and support. Team, give me a yes in the chat if that makes sense. by the way cuz ultimately the last thing we need to do is upgrade our I ams. We need to reinforce your beliefs. Team when we’re saying things like I’m never going to be successful. I’m a failure. I’m a scared team. Remember it’s exactly what we’re going to see evidence around us. What if we upgraded your I ams? I am successful but my wildest dreams. I’m insanely confident. I’m fearless. I’m happy. And the reason why we get worried about upgrading our I ams is because we’re worried about being perceived as arrogant team. There is a fine line between arrogance and confidence. And that line is intent. If your intent is to show off, yeah, you’ll come across as arrogant. If your intent is to be confident in yourself, it will come across as confident. Give me an eight in the chat if that makes sense, by the way. Beautiful. And what I want to finish this session off team is looking at what is your purpose. What’s your purpose? Why are you here team? Cuz I know it’s not about you. Yes, you will be rewarded but it’s not about you team is it? It’s about your friends, your family, your loved one. Every single one of us in life team is being called to play a bigger game. How many of you are answering that phone? And how many of you right now are considering sending it to voicemail? Because look, if you want to have an incredible live team, you must invest in yourself. But don’t hear the word invest and only think money. You must invest team in the big four. Time, effort, energy, and money team. You have to invest time. There is no substitute for time in a business. Whether that be your time or AI running in the background team, if you do one hour a week, you will get the results of one hour a week. If you do 1 hour a month, you’ll get the results of 1 hour a month. If you do 1 hour a year, you’ll get the results of one hour a year. You have to invest time in our business team. We’ve got to invest effort into our business, energy into our business, and we’ve got to invest money, not just in ourselves. team, if you want to build a business that costs absolutely zero dollars into it, your business is this. Go and pick pennies up off the street. We’ve got to invest money in ourselves, in systems, in processes, in softwares, stuff like LinkedIn Sales Navigator, Dripify, support, mentorship, guidance, but it is the best investment you will ever make. Team relationships will come and go.

    Money will come and go. But when you invest time, energy, effort, and money into yourself, it is the best investment you will ever have because it means when you invest those 14, you shorten the time frame and you get results quickly. Give me a me in the chat if you want results quickly. Yeah, team. That is why people like myself, Chris, Georgie, we invest in mentors. We have a strong community of peers for accountability. Give you an example team. Imagine if I wasn’t here speaking to you from stage right now. You weren’t at an event knowing other people were going through the same thing as you. Imagine this was just a video at home that you could watch whenever you wanted. Yes or no? Would you have done that last exercise on limiting beliefs? Yes or no? Let me know in the chat team and be honest with yourselves cuz I can tell you right now team 95% of you would have went. I’m not doing that. But why did you do it? Well, you’ve got your mentor here, your safe pair of hands making sure you’re going through it. And you’ve got an accountability of peers that you know are going through the same thing as you right now, team. And it means you get to cheat and copy, i.e. model someone who’s already done it. The easiest way to get results, team, find someone who’s got what you want, tell them to show you what they did, and go and ask them questions when you’re stuck. And it means you get to borrow someone else’s 10,000 hours team. And the reason why team, we need to understand this is because of what we call the time versus money paradox. Everyone thinks they value their time. But the reality is most people on this planet value their money more than their time. Give you a great example. I always hear this. People say I value my time. I asked them one simple question. Do you have someone that comes and cleans your house? No. Well, hold on a second here. I I thought you value your time. Yeah, but it’s going to cost me money. I just clean my house on my own. Ah, so you don’t value your time. You value your money more. And let me explain that team. Up until now, that’s fine. By the way, you clean your house on your own. Up until now, that’s fine. So, let’s say for instance, round numbers, it’s $20 an hour for someone to come to clean your house and you get them for 2 hours a week. That’s $40 a week. Now, if you clean your house on your own, you’ve saved $40. But guess what? You’ve still spent a currency. You spent two hours of your time. Now, up until this event, that’s fine. But look at the results that you could do with two hours. If you took that time that you spent cleaning your house and you put it in this business team, you could reply back to 20 people on LinkedIn and you could have two calls. You could have two conversations with people that are interested. You could sell to one of them, get $5,000 upfront, and make $6,000 in the next 12 months. But don’t worry because instead of earning $11,000, you’ve saved $40. Does that make sense, by the way, team? Give me a yes in the chat if that makes sense. Team, time is the only thing on this planet you cannot have more of. Money is not your most valuable asset. Time is you can earn more money. You cannot earn more time. Look, successful people use their money to buy time. Shortcuts, getting results quicker, hiring members of staff, hiring systems and processes to buy their time back. People creating mediocre results in the world trade their time for money. It’s called a job. On my deathbed, I can earn money. I can sell the shirt off my back team. I cannot buy another second. Start using your money to invest in shortcuts, to get results quicker, to hire people, to invest in systems and processes.

    The biggest killer of success team,

    biggest killer of success for every single one of us is very simply not investing in oursel and our business because we’re worried about money. Team, money replenishes. Money replenishes. You can always earn more money, the year it takes of struggling is gone forever.

    And look, the reality is until we start taking oursel and our business seriously, team, no one else will. And again, a great quote here. If you treat it like a hobby, it will cost you like one. If you treat it like a business, it will pay you like one. And you’ve got to be serious. And team, you’ve got to be allin. And I want you to learn from my mistakes. Look, the reason why you’re here, team, is to be able to learn from my mistakes, right? I’ve made all of the mistakes. Learn from my mistakes, team. Because the old me team, I’m not I’m not ashamed to say I’ve learned from my mistakes. I was egotistical. I thought I knew better than everyone. I wanted to do it alone. Don’t know why, but there was just something in me that wanted to become a millionaire, have a million-dollar business, and say, “Nobody helped me.” Teen, that’s just ego talking. It’s pride talking. I was too proud to admit I was struggling and it was arrogance and insecurity masked as confidence and ultimately completely unfulfilled, unsuccessful, and depressed. And if I’d have carried on like that team, I wouldn’t be the person I am today. And I’m not a finished product by any stretch of the imagination. I’m still working on me. But yeah, I invest team in myself and my business in every single moment. I know I don’t know everything. I’m not a finished product. I am always getting new mentors, guidance, support in every single thing I do team. I’ve dropped the ego and dropped the pride. Since then, I’ve written three books. I’m an Amazon bestselling author, international seven international speaker, seven and multiple six-figure business owner team. And look, there’s nothing special about me. I’m a kid from High Wickham, small place in like a small city in in England in between London and Oxford. I didn’t grow up with a silver spoon in my mouth team. I grew up with sharing a room with my brother until I was 18 years old with bunk beds. Do you have any idea how much it cramps your style when you’re 18 years old, your girlfriend comes over to watch a movie in your room, and your 13-year-old brother’s playing Mario Kart on his Nintendo DS above you? Team, there’s nothing special about me. There’s something special about the system. And you’ve got to be all in. Ask yourself the question, team, if your life were a movie, what would the hero do? What would the hero of the movie do? Think about your life right now. Are you the hero of your own story? Are you even a main character of your story? Or are we a background extra? And it doesn’t matter what’s happened until now. Team, forget the past failures. They don’t define you. You should be looking back at every single mistake you’ve ever made and thanking it because it led you here today to this person right here, right now. And I get it. Maybe you don’t believe enough in yourself to invest in yourself. Team, don’t do it for them. Do it for your family. Do it for the people who need the help. And do it for your future. Cuz when you go all in, team, you inspire others around you. And this is your chance to change the cycle. And more importantly, team, this is your chance to be the role model to someone else you wish you’d had. Now, some of you, by the way, are going to want to work with us moving forward. I’m going to love you for that. Some of you aren’t going to want to work with us moving forward. I’m going to love you for that team. You’re an adult. You can make your own decision. For those of you that decide, look, I don’t need the help. I’m the exception. I can do everything on my own. Even though I’ve never achieved anything of greatness on my own, team, there’s going to be pitfalls. There’s going to be things you need to be aware of. The first things first is team. There’s no shortcuts. It’s going to take you longer. Be prepared for that. There is no accountability team. You are going to have to parent yourself and keep yourself accountable, which is the hardest thing on this planet to do cuz ultimately we don’t know what we don’t know. And we need to be aware team. It can be a lonely journey. You’re going to need to get new friends. Your friends around you aren’t going to get it. They’re not going to support you. We’re going to cover this tomorrow. But also just be very aware team of that shiny penny syndrome because look, every single one of you, you’ve got a bit of a countdown timer. When this event finishes, you’ve got a 60 to 90day countdown timer. Statistically speaking, if you don’t get results in the next 60 to 90 days, you start going, well, I’ll look, you get itchy feet, you start looking elsewhere. We’ve been through this, right? We know this is going to happen. Don’t mistake multitasking for shiny penny syndrome team. The word focus stands for follow one course until successful because ultimately sometimes we want to grow, step up to that next level, but our friends and family just don’t get it. That’s okay. You need people around you that are there to lift you up, support you, and get it cuz knowing what to do is more secure than any job or pot of cash. We know team, if you got a pot of cash, it’s impossible to become wealthy. Inflation is stealing your money. But we’ve got to get out of the biggest lie we are taught, and that is, I’m in a safe job, team. There is no such thing as a safe job. If you think you are in a safe and secure full-time job working for someone else, pull out your employment contract and look at the notice period they need to give you. In the UK, standard notice period is 30 days. Now, you’re not in a safe and secure job team. You are 30 days away from someone taking away your income from something you maybe didn’t do wrong. Don’t tell me that’s safe

    team. You look at two lions. There’s a lion in a zoo. Well, they get free medical, free food, free healthcare.

    But here’s the thing, team. The lion out in the Serengeti has no asurances. Everything about their life is their own responsibility.

    You’ve got to be very, very careful what you wish for. Team

    and I need you to be what we call a nism person. Meaning that nothing will stop me. Cuz real talk team, there are consequences. There are consequences to you doing nothing

    and it’s what we call opportunity costs. After this event team, you will know how to build this business. But here’s the thing. If you don’t, it costs you money. Let’s say a month from now team on on average working with myself and Chris if you’re putting in a work team you could close a client every one to two months meaning if you have done nothing a month from now two months from now you are missing out on $500 a month and $5,000 upfront that you could have had but you chose not to by procrastinating, overthinking, letting fear control us. A year from now, team, that could be $75,000 of missed income.

    What difference would that make to your life right now? By the way, team, ask yourself a question. A year from now, what difference would $75,000 additional income make? Because that’s what we’re potentially leaving on the table. Cuz team, there are consequences to not doing anything to letting this be a good idea. If not now, when? Tomorrow. Team, yesterday you said tomorrow, and tomorrow never comes.

    So, what’s next, team? Look, I can’t answer that. You’ve got to answer it yourself. The only thing you need to ask is, look, are you going to slip back into your old ways? How long is it going to take? How much time, energy, effort, money will it cost you by not taking action? Ask yourself a question. When did you want to start an online business? Because there’s a difference between knowing the path and walking the path. So, how can you stay plugged in? How can you work with myself, Chris, Georgie, the entire Explosive Growth Academy team moving forward? Now, first things first, team, you already know who you are, okay? You already know who you are. I don’t have to tell you. You’ve maybe been sat here over the last day and a half. You got a bit of a feeling kind of like these guys. They’re nice. I can see how they can help me. I know I need the help and support. I’ve tried this. It’s worked. It It hasn’t worked before. I need that support. Fantastic. team, we’re going to take a little break right now, a little 10-minute leg stretch break, and we’re going to come back for our lunchtime bonus session where I’m just going to walk you through, team, what it is we do here at the Explosive Growth Academy and how myself and Chris can help you. Now, first things first, team, take a deep breath in and then out. Relax. Okay, relax. Look, I can promise you right now, team, this is going to be perfect for some of you. You’re going to want to work with us. I’m going to love you for that. It’s not going to be right for some of you. You’re not going to work for us. Work with us team. I’m going to love you for that. Regardless of the outcome, team, I am going to give you Chris, Georgie. We’re going to give you our 100% over the entire event. The only thing I ask of you team is come along to get the fact, evidence, and data. Get the information. and get the fact, evidence, and data to make an informed business decision. And the reason I say that is team, listen to our money mindset, that BS decision. Some of you have already said, “Yeah, but I can’t afford it.” You don’t know what the investment is yet, team. Just come along, get the fact, evidence, and data. If you’ve got your credit card in hand, put your credit card away, team. It’s an application process. We know it works. We need to speak to you to check it’s going to work for you as well. Now, I also want to let you know team, it’s not about hidden information. It’s about the support, the handhold, the guidance, and ensuring you’re going to be successful. And more importantly, team, myself, Chris, and Explosive Growth Academy guaranteeing your success. Give me a little me in the chat if you’re intrigued to see how we can guarantee your success. By the way, there team. Beautiful. Well, look, all I’m going to say, team, come along. Get the fact, evidence, and data. If it’s right, great. I love you. If it isn’t right, great. I love you. Come along. Find out what we can do. We’ve got multiple different levels depending on what it is you need, what your goals are. Have a conversation with the team. Make an informed business decision. So, with that in mind, team, we’re going to take a quick 10-minute leg stretch. We’re going to be back for our bonus session in 10 minutes time. I will see you then. Thank you so much, team. Heat.

    Heat.

    Heat up

    here.

    Heat. Heat.

    Heat. Heat.

    Heat. Heat.

    Heat.

    Heat.

    Heat. Heat.

    Heat. Heat.

    Heat. Heat.

    Heat. Heat.

    Heat.

    Heat.

    Heat up

    here.

    Heat.

    Heat.

    Heat. Heat. N.

    Ah,

    a

    heat.

    Ah,

    heat.

    Heat.

    Heat.

    Heat.

    Heat.

    Heat. Heat. N.

    Heat.

    Heat.

    Heat.

    Heat.

    Heat. Heat.

    Heat. Heat.

    Heat. Heat.

    Hey.

    Hey. Hey. Heat.

    Heat.

    Heat. Heat.

    So, welcome back everyone. Welcome back. We know the drill by now team. Go ahead, give me a number five in the chat if you are back. Give me number five in the chat. and welcome back to finding out a little bit more about what myself, Chris, and the entire Explosive Growth Academy team can do to help you grow this business. Now, before we get going, a couple things. First things first, genuinely team, a massive, massive thank you to every single one of you for being here as well. Okay, look the fact of the matter is even for some of you just being here listening to what the options are for some of you that’s a big step maybe before this event when this came up you’d have gone I’m not even listening and you’d have walked off in fact give it on me and the charity if even just being here it is quite a big step for you yeah and here’s the thing team recognize that a massive congratulations from myself Chris and the entire team and a huge huge congratulations here Now the next thing here team just take a deep breath in and out team. Ju just relax. Just relax. Okay, sit back. All we’re going to do here team is I’m just going to walk you through what options we have. Okay, you’re just here to get fact, evidence, and data. If you’ve got your credit card in hand waiting to make a payment, put it away. Okay, we’re not going to do that cheesy, well, there’s only 11 spots. The first go. Here’s the No, we’re not doing that, team. Okay, we’re not doing that. This is an application process team. Okay, we know this works. All I want you to do is just sit back, get the fact, get the evidence, get the data. You can speak to one of our team members in the business development team. Ask them any questions you have. Just sit back and relax. Give me a yes in the chat if that’s okay. Beautiful. And again, as a reminder team, look, the mentorship programs on any level. It’s not about hidden knowledge. That’s all covered. Okay? It’s about the handholding, the support, the guidance, and ensuring you’re going to be successful and also guaranteeing your success, which I will let you know how that works in just a moment. Because look, this is an application process team, okay? We know this works. Okay, we know this works. We need to check are you going to work for the system? Look, the reality is team never forget that mentorship I is a two-way investment, isn’t it? Yes, you are investing time, energy, effort, and an investment into join a level of the mentorship program financially, but never forget that we’re investing in you as well, team. We’re investing time, energy, effort, and our reputation. So, look, yes, we know this works. We need to make sure you’re going to work for the system team. We need to have a conversation with you. We need to make sure you’ve got all your questions answered. I don’t want someone being half in cuz if you’re half in, you’re also half out team. That’s why it’s an application process. Listen here. Get the fact, evidence, and data. See the different levels we have. Have a no obligation conversation with our business development team. If it’s right for you, great. I love you. If it isn’t right for you, great. I love you. You are just here to get the fact, evidence, and data. Give me a seven in the chat if that makes sense, by the way, team.

    Cuz look, ultimately, look, you you’ve seen a lot a good chunk of the system being built. We’re going to round off the entire system. You’re going to leave this event. You’ve got the knowledge, but it’s still the whatifs that are there, right? What if this happens? What if this happens? What if I don’t know what to do here? And the mentorship programs about walking out of here knowing you’re going to be successful, not hoping. They remove the doubt, the worry, the fear, and they remove the whatifs when things don’t go your way. Now, few things to be aware of, team. Your money mindset is going to go crazy in this session. In fact, it not it might. It will. In fact, maybe it already is. Look, just relax. Okay, just relax into this. Have a little listen. Okay, look team, it is absolutely no obligation. By being here, by speaking to one of our team, it is no obligation. Just remind yourself all that’s happening is you’re about to step up to that next level in life. It’s okay. Cuz look, the reality is team, our brains, it doesn’t know the difference between I can’t do this and I’ve just not done this before. Cuz even maybe as we’ve been going through the event, even maybe now you’re sat going, “Yeah, but I can’t do this.” Is it that you can’t do this or or is it that you just haven’t done it before? Does that make sense? Give me a one in the chat if that makes sense. It’s a big difference. You can do this. It’s just that you haven’t done this before. And again, you’ve just got to replace the what will it cost with how much will it make me team. And all I want you to do, team, just sit, listen to all the information. You don’t need to decide anything in this session. I don’t want you to listen to the information, speak to our team, get all of the fact, all of the evidence, all of the data, make an informed business decision from there. Cuz ultimately, look, there is a massive, massive difference between a training event like this and a mentorship program. And look for me personally team I believe in every ounce of my body. I believe in mentorship programs. I have dedicated my entire business career to mentorship programs. That’s what I’m doing here right now. And the reason being is team I personally tried on my own thinking I knew better. Too proud to admit I needed help. wanting to be able to turn around and say, “I did it all on my own. No one helped me.” And I wasted nine years of my life. Nine years of trying, coming up, not knowing what to do, stopping, going back to my life, I hated, trying, stopping, trying, stopping, trying, stopping. And when I look back, team, not just at the amount of money I spent making those mistakes, but the amount of time I wasted. And the crazy thing is is team the amount of money I wasted thinking I didn’t need help thinking I knew better would have paid for my mentorship programs 10 times over and I would have saved nine years of my life. Does that make sense by the way? Give me a yes in the chat if that makes sense. Because for me personally, mentorship it is all about stepping up to that next level in life and creating a new sense of normal. And look, we’ve got to know each other a little bit over a day and a half. And I just want to very quickly let you know my journey from where I was to stepping up to that next level and creating my new sense of normal. And it starts by the way team the story starts with the worst day of my life. You see going back team over a decade ago I was living out in Bali. Has anyone been to Bali by the way? Give me a little B in the chat if you’ve been to Bali. Anyone been to Bali? If you haven’t, team, it’s genuinely one of the most beautiful places I’ve ever seen. Everywhere you look is a screen saver. It’s just stunning. And I didn’t go on holiday there, team. I moved my entire life. I sold all of my worldly possessions and I moved to Bali to set up a business with the time my business partner. You see, if you got a barley now team, it’s eco this, eco that. Everything is eco-friendly. If you sneeze, it better be into an eco-friendly tissue. It better have been an eco-friendly sneeze and it better go in an eco-friendly recycling bin. But back then team, that there was nothing like that. And myself, my business partner at the time, we saw a bit of a gap in the market. and we both moved our entire lives to Bali to set up an eco friendly chain of host. You see, we’d done the research. We’d spoken to hundreds, if not thousands of travelers. We’ done the market research. We said, “Hey, would you pay maybe just a couple bucks to know that it’s more eco-friendly?” It was an overwhelming yes. We wanted to move out to Bali as our very first flagship. And look, we didn’t have the money at the time, but again, I can’t afford it is never an excuse. So, we found an angel investor who loved the idea and team. We were in the final negotiations for a $30 million investment. $30 million investment. Just think about that team. Imagine that. You’re in your you’re in your mid20s, 26 years old. You are living in paradise, riding around on your motorbike all day, viewing plots of land, meeting with builders, and you’re about to be valued at 15 million with enough cash to launch globally within the first 3 to 5 years. How do you think I felt team? Absolutely on top of the world. And I still remember team I woke up one morning. morning. Do you ever have those mornings where you wake up and you you’re just filled with gratitude? You ever had those mornings, team just flooded with gratitude? I open my front door, me and my business parent at the time, we had two one bit apartments next to each other and we were kind of like off the beaten track a bit. That’s what I wanted. Bit quiet. who opened my front door and all that was seemed there was just a dirt track that led down to the main road as a drop down and there were just these rolling rice patty fields right in front of our apartment. I looked out the window, the sun was just creeping over the top, kissing off the water, the sky was on fire and I just went, “How is this my life?” You know what? I’m going to make a morning coffee. Make it for my business partner. We’re going to have this moment together. So, I made two coffees, went down, put the coffees down, just knocked on his door. And on the last knock, the door just went just ever so slightly. I was like, it’s a bit weird. Normally locks his door. So, I just pushed the door open, looked inside, and I was like, where’s this stuff? I was like, “Ah, of course.” Look, team, when you’re out there, if you’ve never done this, you’ve got to go on visa runs. You know, you can only stay x amount of days in Bali. You go up to Singapore for the day. It’ll be about later. I thought nothing of it, team. I went about my daily life. I went down to the beach. I was in Changangu near Semeniac. I went down, met up with some friends, had some breakfast on the beach, and a couple hours later, I went to an ATM to pull out some cash.

    And that’s when I realized to him what had happened. You see, my business partner at the time had been watching me go to an ATM, had been watching me use my online banking over the last few days. overnight had snuck into my apartment, taken all of my cards, drained every single one of my bank accounts, and had put the cards back. So, it took longer for me to realize.

    And I could still remember standing at that ATM. If I shut my eyes, I can literally still remember standing at that ATM, putting the card in, typing in my PIN, just seeing negative. Next card, negative balance, next card, negative balance. And I was like, there’s something wrong. There must be a mistake. And it’s almost like I just tuned the entire world out. And that only got broken by the sound of a motorbike skidding and stopping and I kind of jolted out of it. And it was one of my local friends. You see, wherever I am, team, I don’t go out to Bali to hang out with English people. I want to make friends with the locals. And it was one of my local Balines friends. And he said, “Sam, what are you doing?” I was like, “There’s I think there’s an issue with like the ATM. It’s like a negative I think about to call my bank and it’s like like a fraud thing.” He went, “No, Sam, what are you doing? I went the my my back what what do you mean? He went you don’t know do you? And you see it was at that moment there team that he decided to fill me in on the rest of the story that I hadn’t quite found out yet. You see, my business partner at the time had borrowed money from the Balines mafia and rather than paying them back, had been seen at the airport that morning jumping on a plane to who knows where. You see, the funny thing to him about the Balines Mafrey is they don’t care who pays them. They pay they care they get paid. And I just spent the entire six weeks before that telling the entire island I was his business partner. And the debt got passed to me. And he turned around to me and he said, “Go to the airport now. You are not safe.” And see, I have never felt fear like that in my life. I rushed home. I drove my motorbike. I packed up everything I could. I went to Deasar Airport. I sat in the corner. I literally called my mom in floods of tears saying, “Just please just get me home. I need to leave today.”

    My flight wasn’t for I think like 14 or 15 hours. I hid in the corner, literally not a single penny to my name. Thank God they had a water fountain, just terrified someone might see me. And I remember sitting on that plane not feeling safe until the wheels finally took off. But the funny thing was it was a bit of a mixed feeling cuz I felt safe. But it also felt like every single shred of pride, dignity, and selfrespect stayed back there. And I came home absolutely broken. I told my entire friends and family I was going to reshape the world

    and I came home and I had to do what we’d all do in that situation, right? I had to go and get a job. See, here’s the funny thing, team. I’m not qualified for anything. I have no qualifications. I have no trade skills. See, the only job I could get was a minimum wage job. And I can still remember every single Sunday evening getting that feeling in my stomach. Do you know that feeling I’m on about, team? Give me a little me in the chat if you know that feeling I’m on about. It’s just like a a twisting knot in my stomach every Sunday knowing I’m about to go and spend 5 days, 40, 50, 60 hours a week for what? to to just maybe get by. And the funny thing was team in that moment there I I was telling myself a story and I was telling myself a story that I deserved that I deserved to be miserable. I didn’t deserve happiness.

    And maybe you’re telling yourself a story at the moment as well.

    And the amazing thing team about stories is they can be rewritten.

    And it was only when I decided to take myself and my business seriously cuz look, I knew I was worth more on this planet. I knew I had a bigger purpose to play on this planet. And I think you do too, which is why you’re here. In fact, give me a mi in the chat if you know you are here for a bigger reason than maybe you’re playing in the world at the moment.

    So, I look back at all of my failings over the previous nine years, the amount of money I’d spent, and I realized, team, there was a common denominator. It was finally time for me to take myself and my business seriously. So, I did the one thing I’d never done. I invested in a mentor. I got the help and the support that I desperately had needed. And I stopped looking at asking for help as a sign of weakness and started looking at it as a sign of strength. And thank God I did

    because if I hadn’t have done that, I never would have become the person I am today. the person that I absolutely love, the person I look in the mirror and I love to see back and team. It is no coincidence after nine years of struggling within 30 days I replaced my income. Within six months, I made my first $100,000 and within two years I’d made my first million dollars online. From there, I’ve gone on to become a three time three-time author. My last book was an Amazon best-selling author, international speaker, seven of multiple six-figure business owner. And team, I’m not telling this to impress you. Like I said, team, I’m a kid from High Wickham. I didn’t grow up with a silver spoon in my my mouth. I have no qualifications. There is nothing special about me. I’m not telling this to impress you, team. I’m telling this to impress upon you. If I can do it, every single one of you can do it, too. I can promise you one thing right now, team. You are already good enough. You just need the help, the guidance and the support. Because ultimately team, I invest myself, Chris, we invest in everything we do. We have spent over $300,000 just on mentorship programs combined. And the insane thing about this is team, you now get to use AI to ensure you get the results in a tenth of the time and a tenth of the investment. It’s not about learning these skills. Team, we spent $300,000 learning these skills. Learning slows you down. Now, it’s not about learning new skills. It’s about sharpening that axe. It’s about making sure when things aren’t going your way, you have someone to talk to. It’s about knowing what your next moves are. AI does the heavy lifting for us. The only thing you need that separates where you are now from where you want to be is the help, the support, and the guidance. Give me a yes in the chat if that makes sense. By the way, team also thank you for the wonderful comments in the chat. I can see a couple coming in here. Genuinely really appreciate it.

    Cuz look, ultimately team, you know who you are. Okay, you know who you are. All I’m going to do is I’m just going to go through the details because look, the reality is 90% of the work it’s already done for you. We’ve laid out the system. You just have to follow it. There’s no guesswork here. You just have to follow it. And all of this is tailored to you. It cannot be a one-sizefits-all. Your own personal AI coach. And ultimately, we only teach what we’ve done and what we know works. Meaning you don’t have to worry about any changes. Sam, what if AI changes in 3 months? Yeah, that’s our job. That’s what you’re investing into. You don’t need to worry about that anymore, team. My job, Chris’s job, Georgie’s job is to find out the new system, spend our money, time, energy, and effort updating it, checking it works. We just feed it back to you. Meaning in the ever ever everchanging team world of AI, you are never left behind. That is my job. Give me a yes in the chat if you love the fact that you’re never left behind. By the way, we also don’t let you off the hook, team. That accountability is so so important. Every single coach that you will ever speak to has been through that same process cuz ultimately team, we give you everything you possibly need. If you need something, we don’t have it. Let me know. I’ll create it. That’s my job. And it means you get to walk out of here knowing you’re going to be safe. It is team. The handhold, the support, the guidance to ensure you get the results you want removes the guesswork. It’s gone. And you have the luxury of replacing the word if I’m successful with when I am successful. Now, I want to make this a no-brainer team for you. I want to make it a no-brainer. Who here, by the way, likes 100% risk-f free? Give me a me in the chat. Who likes 100% riskfree?

    Cuz here’s the thing, team. We don’t offer a money back guarantee. Do you know why? A money back guarantee presupposes this isn’t going to work. We know this is going to work as long as you do the work. We go one step better, team. We give you a success guarantee. the Explosive Growth Academy success guarantee on any level team on any level. If at the end of your mentorship time, if you haven’t a made your investment back or B signed the clients that will make your investment back for you, you stay on for free with additional support until you do. No one leaves our mentorship program without making a profit team. It is a guarantee of the success. You haven’t got your investment back. Great. How do we help? How do we support? No, it’s free of charge. What can we do to help you? Which means for every single one of you team, you will be successful and make a profit. That’s it. Full stop. Give me a wow in the chat. By the way, if that’s blown you away the fact that we are so confident team, look, if we you step up and put some skin in the game, we will step up and we will put skin in the game. We will say, “Look, you you’ll be profit. You will make a profit. If you don’t, we will back ourselves. We will make sure you do.”

    Amazing. So, how can we help guarantee your success? Look, we’ve got multiple different levels of mentorship programs and support. Remember, all of these come with a success guarantee and you don’t need to know which level is right for you. At the moment, all I’m going to do is I’m just going to go through the details. Team, I’m just going to go through the levels, let you know what they are, let you know when and why you should join them and for what purpose, and I’m just going to let you know, team, if you’re not sure which level to join, fantastic. When you speak to our team, have a conversation with them. have a conversation with them. Now, first and foremost, want to make something clear. Remember, team, we are not your friends. We are your best friends. Okay? If let’s say for instance, you say, “Well, I’d like to go for this level, but the way you’re talking, your goals, you actually should be on this level.” We’ll let you know. We’ll say, “Well, actually, based on what you’re telling us, you should be going for this level. You don’t have to take that level. Our job is to advise you team.” And vice versa. If you are going to say I want to go for this level here team, if that is going to put you under unnecessary financial strain and burden, if it’s going to mean that you might not be able to put food on your table for your family, we will say no. Come on this level here. Yes, we are a business. First and foremost, we have a duty of care to every single one of you team. Give me a five in the chat if that makes sense. By the way, team, beautiful. Now, just sit back, have a listen. Do not worry about trying to scribble down what’s included in each level or take a quick take a quick photo. There is going to be a mentorship brochure that you can download at the end of this session team which is going to recap every single level for you. Just sit back and listen team. So all of them with the success guarantee. Our first level of mentorship team is the AI agency blueprint. Now all three levels are a full calendar month, a full calendar year. Sorry. They are all 12 months. We have intakes starting at every single month. And we do limit them team. We do limit them. We do not want 400 people starting next month. We cannot deal with 400 people. The level of support you need, it it doesn’t work. that every single level, whether it’s the AI agency blueprint, the AI agency accelerator or the AI agency partnership is a full 12 months working very closely with myself, Chris, Georgie, and the entire team. Give me a 12 in the chat if that makes sense. By the way,

    beautiful. So, our AI agency blueprint, who is this 40? Well, look, for those of you that are very confident that you can build this business, you just feel you need a bit of guidance along the way as and when you need it, not necessarily the touch points. You know, I think I’ve got it. You know, I might be touching base with a random question here, a random question there. For those of you that feel that you’ve pretty much got it, but you need that safety blanket, that fall back to be able to make sure that we can get your questions answered as and when you need them to be able to run your AI social media agency to literally post on every single social media for these clients and have it fully online without that human touch point. Just the ability to be able to ask questions and get that answer back for you. Team, the AI agency blueprint is perfect for you. It is fully online accessible 24/7 365 when you need it. It is the full curriculum access. Every single element that we have gone into is broken down across all seven modules. All of the templates, every single thing that you need in there, every element painstakingly laid out for you in excruciating detail. team to be able to make sure that you can set this up, get it running as quickly as possible. Remember team, look, we want you to get up and moving as quickly as you can. And the way that this works fully online, team, is you get access to our 24/7 mentorship Q&A bot. We have created the explosive growth academy mentorship Q&A bot team. I have downloaded my brain. I have downloaded Georgie’s brain. I have downloaded Chris’s brain. Every single thing that we have here, all of the knowledge in our heads is in this mentorship Q&A bot. You have 247 access to it. Any time of date, you go on there in your members area, you type a question, and it is like myself, Chris or Georgie personally answering it for you. T give me a nine in the chat if that is amazing. By the way, it is quite literally like dropping me a WhatsApp message and me personally responding. The only difference is I’m asleep at 3:00 in the morning. And it gives you access to get any questions you have answered when you need them answered to. Remember, you’ve got access to that LinkedIn objection handler, all of the go highle audit funnel. All of that is there in there for you. recordings of every single training session, the niche compliance training and the monthly maintenance habit training. Making sure team that we are keeping you on track. Making sure that you are where you are now to where you want to be. We are following that blueprint and it is exactly that team. It is the blueprint. Right? I’ve got this. I’m 95% confident I can do this. The other 5% are I just need a check-in every now and then, but what I don’t want to do is go to Google or go to AI and get the wrong answer. I need Sam, you, Chris, or Georgie to answer it using that AI mentorship bot. And that team is our AI agency blueprint. It is quite literally there helping and supporting you any time you need it. Give me a five in the chat if that makes sense. By the way, team with the AI agency blueprint. Beautiful. Now, our next level here, team, which normally tends to be our most popular level to, you know, just to put it out there, this is normally our most popular level, is the AI agency accelerator. Now, not only do you get every single thing in that blueprint, this is for someone who maybe knows they need a little bit more hands-on support, a little bit more guidance. More importantly, you know, you feel that the AI bot is amazing. I can go and ask any question there, but I need to speak to a human. Maybe you want to flesh out some ideas. Have a proper conversation with someone. This is what the month uh sorry, what the weekly live group coaching calls with Georgie is. Every single week you jump on a group call, you can ask Georgie, our head coach, AI expert. You’re going to meet her tomorrow. She is amazing. She’s who I go to when I have an AI question. By the way, team, best in the world. She literally gets invited to events globally as a worldleading expert on AI. You’ve got the opportunity to speak to Georgie every single week. Once a week, you have that group coaching call, that check-in. Any questions you have, you say, “Geie, here’s where I am right now. Here’s where I want to be. Here’s the problem I’ve got.” Great. Share your screen. Let Georgie break it down. any issues you have, we are here to help and support every single week. Give me a W in the chat. If you love the idea of the ability to jump on a Zoom call and quite literally speak to one of the world’s leading experts in AI to be able to maybe kind of flesh out a little bit more of a complex idea and look, if you’ve got a question two days later, you go straight to the mentorship Q&A bot. Absolutely invaluable team. Invaluable every single week. Now, for those of you that can’t make those calls for any reason, they are always recorded. We upload those recordings into your membership site. So, if for any reason you cannot make a call, we are never going to punish you and turn around and go, “Well, you missed a call.” Send your question in advance. Georgie will answer it live on that call. you go and re-watch that recording that is automatically uploaded into your members area as and when you need it. Give me a number two in the chat if that makes sense. No one is going to be punished. Beautiful. Now, on top of that, you also get the AI sales coach. This is an AI bot that myself and Chris have personally trained there to be able to answer any questions on those conversations that make you money. If someone asks you an objection live on the call, you could type it in, enter it, and you could have it there ready to go. It is literally a tool like having myself or Chris sat next to you while you have these sales conversations. And imagine literally just typing in a question and I type an answer really quickly and I give you the perfect response team that is there ready for you to use. You have unlimited access to it 24/7 365. You can use it on your live calls. You can use it as practice. You can use it as a role play as feedback. You can upload a transcript of one of your calls into it and say, “Analyze my call. Tell me what I did wrong. How do I improve this moving forward?” Give me a seven in the chat. By the way, if you can see the power in literally almost having myself and Chris sat next to you, but having us available 24/7 in that AI bot team.

    Beautiful. Now, not only that, for those of you that maybe don’t even want to ever make a sales call, you don’t have to. On the AI agency accelerator level team, you unlock the ability to use our inhouse trained sales team. We have a sales team that we are constantly growing a business development team. We are constantly growing team. You have access to use our sales team. They work off a commissiononly basis. A commissiononly basis. they you only pay them once you have been paid. Takes all of the risk away from you. Not only that team, it also gives you the peace of mind knowing that you never have to be the one to make these phone calls. Someone else can do it on your behalf. They know the business. They know how to sell this to other businesses. They will give you live updates, live tracking, and you only pay them when you have got paid. some of the world’s top sales teams available at your fingertips and you unlock the ability to literally use our in-house trained sales team. Meaning you never have to make a sales call if you’re in your life if you don’t want to in team. You can start that from call number one. Give me a one in the chat. Who’s going I’m using that from call number one by the way. Yeah, probably quite a few of you, right? And then again team, this third key differentiator is our ability to help you to have more things to sell to your clients on the agency blueprint. Great. We’re going to run the social media for them. Every single day is going to be posted on every single social media. When we move into the accelerator team, this is when we start being ability to sell packages. Well, we can run your social media for you, but you know what? We could also build your website for you. We can create lead magnets for you. We can run blog posts for you, a daily blog post so you start to rank within chat GPT and Claude and all of the other AIs for local suggestions. Do you know people do that, right? They go on to chat GPT. Um, I need to find a plumber near me. Enter team, you can help the client rank there. How they can also have a podcast having never recorded a podcast in their life. and also how they can start having a video presence with YouTube shorts. Ultimately team, it’s adding more tools into your tool belt so you can start to charge more for these clients, maybe more upfront, maybe a higher retainer. And the reason why we introduce this at the accelerator level is because that is when Georgie becomes absolutely essential team. The AI sales coach becomes absolutely essential or the done for you sales support becomes absolutely essential team. And that is the biggest differentiator between the blueprint and the AI agency accelerator. Give me an A in the chat if we know exactly what is clu included in the AI agency accelerator team.

    Beautiful. Now our last level we have here team is our AI agency partnership. Our AI agency partnership. Let me go ahead and move myself uh in fact let me put myself over there. There we go. Let me move myself out the way so I’m not in your way here. So team, look, not only do you get every single element within the AI agency accelerator, but look, the reason why this is so powerful, team, it’s because the AI agency partnership is the ability to quite literally become business partners with us here at the Explosive Growth Academy. Give me a me in the chat below. Who would love to be my business partner? Give me a little me in the chat. Who would love to be my business partner? I hope we’re going to get a couple of us. It’ be really awkward otherwise, right? Now look, who is the AI agency partnership for team? If you’ve maybe got cash sitting around, you’ve had a realization leaving it in a savings account for a rainy day is the worst thing I can do. Rather than wanting to maybe just park your money into property and real estate that’s going to take up your time, you’re going to get phone calls from uh tenants saying, “Oh, that I need a light bulb changed.” tying up your money, knowing you’re only going to get a couple of hundred dollars a month coming in if the boiler breaks while your year’s cash flow is wiped out, leaving it tied up, hoping it’s going to grow. This is for people that go, “Hey, do you know what? I want to park it in a business. I want to put my money, I want to invest my money into a business, not leave it in something that might get knocked down by a freaking hurricane.” And the reason why this is so powerful team is because the AI agency partnership team, we are becoming business partners. We sell out the business together. We go 5050 split on all of the costs. We build everything. Our team builds all of this for you inhouse. We build your outreach system. We build your responses. We build the sales team to take these calls. We build your onboarding processes and we manage the clients for you.

    What do you do? You invest into this business. You invest into our expertise. We run it from your LinkedIn, from your Dripify account. We split the profit 5050. Why would we do this? S. Well, why not do it yourself, Sam, Chris? Keep 100% team. We are limited. We are limited ourselves with the number of people we can reach out to. My LinkedIn can only go out to so many people. Chris’s LinkedIn can only go out to so many people. We’re limited to the businesses that we can speak to. Now, I know what you’re thinking. Address the elephant room. Why don’t you just hire members of staff to do this? Team, first things first. Money is not my most valuable asset. Time is. team. If I want to have 50 business partners, that’s very easy to do. You might be sat on this event right now. If I want to hire 50 members of staff team, that’s 500 interviews. That’s also hiring 50 members of staff, I’m probably firing 20 of them within the first two months cuz they’re not a right fit. Then there’s more interviews. But also team, who’s going to have more skin in the game knowing that we can run this and you have invested your money, your time, your energy, your effort into this to become business partners with us or or an employee who who’s maybe just there to collect a paycheck every single day.

    This is the ultimate way team that we can earn money together and more importantly after this event team I know I can trust you and you know you can trust me does that make sense by the way team give me a yes in the chat if that makes sense we set up on all of your outreach we use our in-house team and we earn money together and not only that team you have direct direct access to myself and Chris. You got a question, reach out to us. You have direct access to us, unrestricted, unlimited. And also team, the quarterly performance review with myself and Chris where we will dive through, see every single aspect of this, analyze it and ensure that you know exactly what is going on in your business. Go ahead, by the way, and give me a me in the chat if we know exactly what is included in the AI agency partnership. Those that want to quite literally become business partners with myself and Chris, use our in-house team that we have built for everything and just to grow a business that doesn’t take your time and finally be a true business owner. Beautiful. whichever level’s right for you. I don’t know. Maybe one of them is calling out to you right now. But what is the investment team? I hear what’s the investment team. If you were to phone up our office, phone up our office next week and say, “Right, what is the investment?” The AI agency blueprint is $24997. The AI accelerator is $3997 and the AI partners agency partnership is $199,997. Why? because you are buying into our team. You are buying into our expertise. Now, first things first, team listen to your money mindset. How many of you just said, “I can’t afford that team.” You’ve taken yourself out the game before you’ve even spoken to our team. You’ve taken yourself out the game before you’ve even spoken to our team. The question isn’t I can’t afford it team. The question is, how can I afford not to do this team on the AI agency blueprint? Two and a half clients. Two and a half clients. Let’s round up and call it three. Three clients. If you get three clients in the next 12 months, you have made profit back team. Yes or no? Can you find three businesses with everything that we’ve gone through so far? Can you find three businesses out of the 100 million on the planet to work with? Yes or no? Five on the agency accelerator team. That’s not even one every two months. Speaking to Georgie every single week with absolutely everything you need team. You need to get one every 2.1 months and you will make your money back. And when it comes to the AI agency partnership team, how long would it take you to grow that business or you just step into a business that you know already works? Cuz here’s the thing team. Even at 24997 3997 and $1997 team, that is an absolute nobrainer. It’s an absolute no-brainer. You’re not walking out of here team with an idea. You are not walking out of here having to build a product, set up a membership area team. You are walking out of here building a business that is going to pay you for the rest of your life. And this isn’t like a property or a real estate deal that might go up in value, down in value. What happens if the market crashes? You didn’t do anything wrong. It is the greatest investment you will ever make. investing into you and investing into a business that is going to pay you forever. Does that make sense? By the way, team, give me a two in the chat if that makes sense. Now, here’s the thing, team. Of course,

    of course, we have something very special for you today.

    Of course, we do. But the reality is, team, the event offer is exactly that. It’s for the event team. If I give you 6 months to make a decision, guess how long it takes you to make a decision? It takes you 5 months, 30 days, 23 hours, 59 minutes, and 57 seconds. We’ve got to remind ourselves, team, there are consequences to not taking action.

    So, I’m going to give you a a bit of a nudge to make a decision on this event team because it isn’t going to be $24.99, $39.99 or $1997

    to join us over this event team. There is a significant discount, an absolute nobrainer of a discount team. You can join us on the AI agency blueprint or the accelerator or the partnership on six monthly installments of 1 1997 on the blueprint to 997 on the accelerator or 1999 accelerate 997 on the agency partnership team. All of which coming with a success guarantee. Now, if you are able to clear your balance, if you are able to clear your balance, there is an even more of a significant discount team. The AI agency blueprint for every single element that you see on screen right now is just $9997.

    The accelerator is $14.99. A weekly call with Georgie, our expert AI coach team. If you wanted a weekly call with Georgie and you reach out to her, it would be more than that a year. the done for you sales team with access to them, the sales coach and the ability to start selling packages and then the AI agency partnership a huge 50% discount just $99,997

    and team every single level whether the blueprint the accelerator or the partnership coming with a success guarantee. There is a reason why by the way team when we have presented this num every single time we have presented this team there’s a reason why 71% of people in this room right now statistically there’s a reason why 71% of you will take this with both hands and say this is the nobrainer of the century even in countries where the economy isn’t that good. Why? Because every single level comes with a success guarantee team. It is a no-brainer. You will make profit. That is that. Now, as you can see, team, the application link has been posted in the chat. All you’ve got to do, go ahead, put in an application, speak to the business development team. If you think you can’t afford it, put an application in. And one thing I can promise you right now team, regardless of what level you join us on, whenever you need help, we will be there. You just have to ask. Now, for those of you, by the way, for those of you with an existing business partner or relationship partner, bring myself back down here. There we go. For those of you with an existing business partnership or an existing relationship partner, if you want them involved, team, the second person can join at 50% off as well. All you need to do speak to the team about that on there. And look, team, every single level, every single level is 12 months. If you pay in full, if you are able to clear your balance on this event, not only do you get a significant discount, but every single level of mentorship runs for an additional 6 months, meaning it is 18 months, team. 18 months. And ask yourself, team, look, if all this did was help you quit your job and go full-time into your business, would it be worth it? If all it did was help you lift the weight off your financial shoulders, team, would it be worth it? And if all it did was finally let you live life on your terms, would it be worth it? Cuz remember team, there is a success guarantee on every single level. Will you slip back in ways? I don’t know. Only you can answer that team. And like I said, if you step up and get some skin in the game team, we will match you and give you skin in the game because you have a success guarantee. Just one client and your investment on the on the blueprint levels covered. Two clients in the next 12 or 18 months and the accelerator is covered and just 20 clients and your partnership is covered. Cuz look, if you’re sat thinking right now, team, I can’t afford it. Listen to your money mindset. We have options available to help. If we feel you’re right for you, team, put in an application. We will always find a way to help you. But you’ve got to put in an application to see what it is we can do. Cuz ultimately, team,

    the blueprint, the accelerator, or the partnership team, broken down, it’s only $32.88 a day, $49.32 a day, and 328.77 a day. team. $49.32. What do we spend $49 on at the moment? What is that? A a large pizza from Domino’s, couple chicken sides, two coffees throughout the day. Team or you invest it into yourself and a business and the guidance that you finally need to live life on your terms.

    So, next steps, like I said, team, it’s an application. It’s an application. I can see that a lot of you have already clicked on the application link. We’re getting notifications saying you’re currently filling them in. Go ahead, team. Click that application link in the chat right now. Should take you about five, maybe 10 minutes to fill out. Don’t try and make this perfect team. It’s a jumping off point. Now, full disclosure, team, not everyone will be accepted. Okay? Firstly, we cannot take every single member of every every single person on it. We just don’t have the numbers. But also team, if we don’t feel this is a fit for you, we will let you know. We are the first to tell you if this is not right for you. Why? It’s our reputation on the line team. Please don’t take it personally. I promise you, we will always explain reasons why if we don’t accept you into it. And again, you can download that brochure. We will post that brochure at the end of it. Any questions you have team ask the business development they are there to help. Now team the applications by the way start now. As soon as that first application comes in our team will start giving you a call. Do not worry you will not miss anything though. You will not miss anything. You are going to get a full recording of this session. You’re going to get a full recording. It is going to be part of there. You are not going to miss anything. Do not miss that phone call team. If your phone rings, make sure you answer it. Okay? Make sure you answer it. Our team are there to answer any questions you have. Now, on this, if your phone rings and it’s from a different country, don’t worry, it is us, okay? We have people all over the world, team. We are a global business. We are a global opportunity. Make sure you answer that call. So bit of a recap here team. Existing business partner or relationship partner. The second person joins at a 50% discount. If you are able to pay in full on this event is not just 12 months. It is 18 months with a significant discount. You have a success guarantee on every single level. And again team if you’re not sure whether to apply maybe you think you can’t afford it team put an application in. The conversations are no obligation. The only obligation you are giving yourself is to have a polite conversation with someone who’s very friendly, who’s there to help and support you. Whether you join, I love you. If you don’t join, I love you. But until you put an application in, you don’t have the fact, evidence, or data. Look team, if you put an application, worst case scenario is you walk away. It’s not right for you. You treated this like a business. and our business development team can give you clear clarity on what your next steps are. Best case is you get the support you finally need and you walk out this event with a guarantee. You have nothing to lose. If it’s right for you, great. If it isn’t, great. At least we will know. So, team, go ahead, get those applications in. Let me move myself across to the side here. Get those applications in. If you’re not sure what level you should go for, don’t worry about it. Speak to the team. The application link is in the chat. Go ahead, click on that team. Get your applications in. Keep your phone next to you. Do not miss that call team. They’re going to go through in the order they come in. If you missed the call, they’re going to skip through it. But also, team, do not worry. We are checking your time zone. We will not be calling you at 2:00 in the morning. We will make sure we call you at an appropriate time for yourself. Go ahead, team, get those applications in. You can click on the link in the chat. You can also now go ahead and download that mentorship brochure. And look, before we go on a quick little 10-minute leg stretch and come back for our final session, genuinely team, look, from the bottom of my heart, I just want to say a massive, massive thank you to every single one of you for being here and listening to this, okay? It it genuinely is uh a very humbling and almost a bit a little bit of an emotional experience when people even want to hear how I can help them even hear how I can be their mentor. You’ve seen the journey I’ve been through and just from my side team on a personal level I just want to say a massive massive thank you for being here. So every single one of you team click the link get your application in have a conversation. If it’s right, great. If it isn’t, great. We’re going to take a 10 minute break now. Get that application. You can download the brochure in there as well. Massive, massive thank you team. Have a 10 minute leg stretch. And we’re going to come back for an amazing session next. A massive, massive thank you team. Get that application in. Good luck when you speak to our business development team. And I’m looking forward to seeing you on either the blueprint, the accelerator, or the partnership team. 10 minute leg stretch. See you very soon. Thank you so much.

    Yeah.

    Heat.

    Heat. Heat.

    Heat.

    Heat.

    Heat.

    Heat.

    Heat up here.

    Heat.

    Heat.

    Heat.

    Heat.

    Heat. Heat.

    Heat.

    Heat.

    Heat.

    Heat.

    Heat

    up here.

    Heat. Heat.

    Heat. Heat. N.

    Heat. Heat. N.

    Heat. Heat. N.

    Heat. Heat.

    Heat.

    Heat.

    Heat. Heat. N.

    Heat. Heat.

    Heat.

    Heat.

    Heat.

    Heat.

    Heat. Heat.

    Heat. Heat.

    Heat.

    Heat.

    Heat. Heat.

    Heat.

    Heat.

    Heat.

    Heat.

    So, welcome back team. Welcome back. A huge, huge welcome back. Come on, look. We know the drill by now team. Go ahead, locate that chat box. Give me a number five in the chat. Who is back? Give me a number five in the chat. Who is back? And look before we do dive into our next session genuinely team look I just want to say uh a massive massive thank you but also congratulations because look the reality is regardless of the outcome regardless whether you join us on the mentorship or you don’t the fact of the matter is team you came along you got the fact the evidence and the data that alone in fact just give me a little me in the chat by the way if even just being there for that session was like a big step for you. Give me a little me in the track if that was kind of a big step. Yeah, maybe before this event immediately you would have let the BS in your head talk you out of it before you even know anything about it. So, even the fact you were there and listening and putting in an application, I just want to say a massive massive congratulations to every single one of you and also a huge congratulations to the massive amount of number of you that have put those applications in. member team, every single one of you should be put in an application. Whether you think you can, you can’t, whatever the reason, it is just a conversation. But well done for those of you that were very quick on those fingers and have already got those applications in, keep an eye out. Our team will be reaching out to you very, very soon. They’re going to be going through the order that they came in. So, if you don’t get your we don’t contact you straight away, don’t worry. We’re going to be working through them, team. And good luck on that call. Now look, regardless of what happened just then in that last session, regardless what you feel about the mentorship, all I’m going to ask you to do is to just park that for the moment. Okay? Park that for the moment. You can speak that with our team on that call today in this session. Let’s build. Let’s go ahead and build because what we are dealing with in this session here team is what we call our autoresponder. We’re using go high level, our audit funnel. The thing that does 90% of the selling for us are calendars and responses. And ultimately team, this is how we start to automate your business outreach. Remember, look, you’re only working 3 to 5 hours a week in your business. That doesn’t mean the business is only working 3 to 5 hours. That’s just your time. And this is where we start to get processes and automation in place. Basically, look, just imagine, by the way, team, imagine every single time someone was interested in the audit funnel, you had to ask for their name, ask for their email address. You then had to go and register that somewhere. Then and only then, you could manually send out the audit to them. From there, you then have to manually email, log on. Hi Sam, please, as a reminder, your audit is here. Go ahead and click on it. send. Then what you had to do is you then had to message them and email them like half hour later being like, “Hi, you saw the audit. Would you like to book in a call?” They go, “Yeah, I’m interested.” Then you go, “Okay, when are you free?” They say, “Well, I’m free Thursday.” You go, “Well, I can’t make Thursday. What about Friday?” And you’re going back and forth, back and forth trying to get a call booked in team. That’s a nightmare. And the crazy thing is that’s what it used to be like. You used to have to run it like that. This is where we start to build in automations team. So all of that we just spoke about works behind the scenes 247 365. We build it once it works forever. Give me a little me in the chat by the way. If they build it once it works forever. Sounds absolutely amazing. Beautiful. Because look, ultimately the team, there’s five stages to this, okay? Five stages to this. And this is what’s happening in their head at each one. The moment they become what’s called a new lead, they say, “Do you know what? I’m interested.” They put their name, their email address, maybe even just on that first initial LinkedIn conversation, they’re going to ask, “Who is this? Why are they messaging me?” Because at that point there, team, you are a perfect stranger. From there, it’s a case of, “Well, we’ve delivered the audit. You’ve gone through the audit. Well, wow. I’ve seen exactly where all of my income is missed inside their head. Now, it’s like, oh, huh. This is actually about my business. This is not a generic one. This is actually about my roofing company in Austin, Texas. Huh? It’s specific to me. And we start to build on that curiosity from their team. Step number three is them get that call booked in either with yourself or maybe with like a commissiononly salesperson from their side. Now this is a part part where they’re starting to say look this person clearly looked at my stuff meaning look they have enough to want to be able to talk to you there is enough trust there now from them sending the proposal they’re thinking okay what’s it actually going to cost me the moment they’re saying to themselves team what’s it actually going to cost me this is when they are seriously considering coming to join you and again don’t worry team in our next session we’re going through everything and how we start to bring these people in with the conversations that earn you money and then from their team it’s very simple. Is the client won, is the client lost? It’s either yes Sam, let’s do this or it’s a clean, respectful note. And the reason why it’s a clean, respectful no team is because this entire process is a business. It’s a business. Regardless whether this is your very first time or you’ve signed a 100 clients team, it is all about how you treat people. how they are treated is exactly what they think of you. And by treating this like a business team, it works straight away. And ultimately team, everything we’ve built out here, it’s one template. One template, you can customize it per niche. And we have three automatic touch points. Meaning the moment someone fills in their details and says, “I want the audit.” There’s the audit straight away. It’s not. And I’m going to share this with you so you can see it all in a moment. I’m going to share my screen, walk through all of this here, team. But it’s not, oh, you sent me the order. Okay, cool. What is that in 20 minutes, 30 minutes? Are you going to send it tomorrow? No, it is immediately there, team. From there, 24 hours later, without us needing to do anything. We build it once it works forever. They are going to get an email from you saying, “Hey Sam, did you get a chance to look at your audit? If not, here’s the link again for you.” Remember, this is personalized to you. Remember team, don’t just assume. If someone says, “Yes, I’m interested in the audit,” you send them the link. Don’t assume they’re immediately going to click. Team, people are busy. People are busy. We have the best of intentions, but you know what? Something gets in the way. Maybe they clicked on it. They filled in their name, their email address, they went through to the next page, they’re about to fill in the audit, and their phone rang. It’s an important call. Those of you with kids know this. I’ve got a got a young daughter. You turn around and go younger. Oh, what are they doing? What are they doing? Oh, maybe they got busy. We’ve got to just remind them, hey, by the way, you you wanted this free audit personalized to your business yesterday. Are you still interest? Oh, yeah. That’s what I was thinking of earlier. We’ve got to give them that reminder team. And then 5 days later, hey, just wanted to check in. Low pressure. Is this still something you’re interested in? And if they don’t reply, they don’t open it, we don’t chase them after that. We don’t want to harass them. But again, it’s about giving them enough checkpoints in there, enough touch points in there that we are mattering and bringing ourselves to the forefront of their brain, but not too many touch points. It becomes disrespectful team. Does that make sense? Give me a yes in the chat if that makes sense. Beautiful. And ultimately, and we’re going to dive into this in a moment, team. When we are getting people booked on a call, okay, look, the one thing, and we’re going to cover this in the next session, don’t worry team. But the one thing that scares people the most out of this entire business is very simply this. You ready? Bringing.

    Please don’t answer. Please don’t answer. Bringing Oh god. What if they answer? What if they answer? We freak out, don’t we? Team, look, the system. By the way, give me a little yes in the chat if that sounds pretty familiar. By the way, the the idea of picking up a phone and speaking to someone scares the living hell out of you. Well, it shouldn’t team because the way this system is built for you, it’s beginner friendly. You’re not picking up the phone and trying to cold call businesses. This business owner said, “Yes, I want an audit.” They filled in the details. the audit did most of the selling for them. We’re going to dive into the audit funnel just as a refresher in a moment. From there, it’s okay. Yeah, I’ll book in a call. We don’t just say book in a call. We ask four very simple questions. Why is that team? Well, we want them starting to think about the answers, about what their problem is. Cuz remember, we don’t earn money, we earn money as a byproduct. We find their problem. We offer them a solution. We earn money as a byproduct. We want them thinking about it before their call. So when they go in booking their call, first things first, what is your name? What’s your LinkedIn? We need to know who they are team. We need to reconfirm who they are. The second one, team, are you the decision maker? Are you the decision maker? You’d be surprised how many times people say no or there’s two of us. Great. Bring them on here. There’s nothing worse than spending 30 minutes on a call with someone. They say, “I’m in.” And you go, “Wow, I’m so excited. I just need to check with my partner first. It’s actually their decision.” And you’re like, “Then why have we been talking for 30 minutes without your partner?” Ask them up the front. Ask them up front. Look, are you the person that can make the decision? Yes or no? The third one, what is your biggest challenge right now? This makes them sit and think, “What is my biggest challenge?” Huh? What is my biggest challenge? It gets them thinking. It gets them going through it. Team, they are already coming onto this call having seen how much money they’re missing out on from the audit. They’re now coming on this call knowing what their biggest challenge is. And then the last one here, Tim, is what made you book this call? What made you book the call with me? Now what we’re trying to do team is that we’re giving them to start to sell to us. They’re giving us the reasons. It also gives us an indication of hey are they super interested? Are they a bit skeptical? It really gives us that information there. Give me a number four in the chat by the way team if you can see how those four questions before they book that call mean all the difference here team. Give me a number four in the chat if that makes all the difference.

    Beautiful. So the easiest way for me to teach this team, look, I’m going to go ahead. I’m going to jump on my other the screen and I’m going to quite literally walk you through that entire system we gone through step by step. Just give me one moment. Let me switch my screens.

    Okay, you should be able to see my screen now. Just give me a little seven in the chat if you can see my screen. By the way, team, give me a number seven in the chat if you can see my screen just here. Beautiful. So team this is inside what is called our CRM system. It sounds like customer relationship manager, client relationship manager, whatever you want to call it. Ultimately team inside of here is quite literally a onestop shop to automate genuinely like 90% of your business. Okay? Yes, there is a monthly investment. Yes, it is a business expense. bucks. When you see team, the level of detail this can go into is going to blow you away. Now, again, the link for this team, you haven’t got to worry about it. The link for this and all of the funnels, everything I’m going to go through here, team, don’t worry. It’s all in your workbook. All I want you to do here, just pay attention and just see exactly how easy this can be. And more importantly, team, the power in this system. Give me a two in the chat if that makes sense. By the way, team Beautiful.

    Now, you can see here that there’s not much in here, team. This is our training account. Don’t worry. Um, of course, we can’t be sharing all of our information, but this is our training account here. Now, all you’ve got to do here, team, there’s loads of different options. And again, it looks super scary, right? It doesn’t need to be. There’s only a few things that we need to know in here to be able to effectively run this business. Could you dive deeper into this? Absolutely. Do you need to not to start? This is all stuff. Look, we can get better at this. We can refine this. We can expand this later. But to get up and going, there’s only a few things we need to do. Now, the first one here is we click on this one just here, sites this here, team, and we’re going to go into our EGA audit funnel. This here team is where we have the audit funnel. Now look, the great news is team, you don’t need to change anything. It’s built for you. You don’t need to change anything. But I want to show you how simple this is. In fact, let me zoom in a little bit better. There we go. So, if I go ahead and click this edit button here. Okay, look how look how much technical ability I need to be able to do this. It opens up. This is my free edit. It’s the editor. All I’ve got to do here, team, this is all built out for you. This is exactly, by the way, how it’s going to look inside of your own funnel. But here’s the thing. You see? Well, ah, this isn’t my logo. Yeah, not a problem at all. Look how easy it is to change. You go click. And then we come over here. There’s a little button here. We go ahead. We click on this one here. And you can upload any image you want. You can upload any image you want. You upload your logo. Oh, Sam, I don’t have a logo. Go and get AI to create you a logo. You can create any logo, upload anything. Look, you can see, look, we’ve got a load of client projects in here. Let’s say, for instance, I don’t know, we want to have, let’s have a a good picture of me at an event I spoke at. Let’s have a look.

    Insert. There you go. Look, look how easy that is to change. If I want to change it again, I come here, I click anything here. I can change this to absolutely anything. If I want to change these words, rather than business owners, maybe we want to make it niche specific for home service business owners in the US. That that’s it. Look, ready? That’s now done. That’s now done. I can change here. I can add in anything. Let’s say, for instance, just under here, maybe you wanted to add in an extra picture of yourself. If you go ahead, you click this plus button here, we can add in more a headline, some text, we can add a button, a form, we can have our social media. You might want to turn around and go, you know what? You can follow me on social media. Look how easy that is. Look at this. We want to get rid of mail. We want to add the mail in. We want to get rid of Facebook. Add Facebook. We can add or remove absolutely any of these with one click of a button. If we don’t want it anymore, all we do is we hover over here, we click the little delete button, but we can also drag it. We can move it around. Let’s say we want to get rid of it. Delete. Off it goes. So, so simple, team. So, so simple. Click of a button, in we go. We can go scroll down through any of our logos. Let’s go ahead. Oh, look at that. There’s a picture of me and Chris there. You’re going to meet Chris tomorrow. Don’t worry. Give me a little meet me in the chat. Who’s excited to meet Chris tomorrow? You’ve heard me talk about him a lot, right? You’ve heard me talk about him a lot. So, let’s say we want to add in our logo. Look, one more click of a button. And all we would have to do here, team, is click the little save button here. That’s it. That would now be published to the internet. No hiring a web developer. No going on people per hour upwork.com. Literally drag and drop, drag and drop. Click click. Done. Anything you want to add in here, team. Just give me a little me in the chat if you can actually do everything I’ve showed you just there. By the way, team, just going to make sure I don’t save those changes because of course you want access to this one here. So, so simple. And all we do is we send them the link. We can view this page. Here it is. And look, this is live on the internet, team. Now, of course, you’re going to change your logo up here. People going to come down on this. They’re going to be able to click on I think. There we go. I’ve already got one loaded up. And this is what we send team. Zoom in so we can see it better. This is what we’re sending out to the people from LinkedIn. Would you like your free audit? For business owners who know they should be on social media but never seemed to have the time, get a free social media audit now. Take 60 seconds. So the client that you’ve spoke to on LinkedIn, they come here, they fill in their name, their email address, they click show me that miss revenue. Now the name and email address, very important. I’m going to show you what happens with that in a moment. You click on show me my miss revenue. Oh, let me just get rid of the space in them. It’s going to make me do the plus 44, isn’t it? Oh my goodness. What happened there?

    There we go. The moment they fill in their details, now they’re coming through to that next page here, team. This is where they’re getting their free personalized social media audit. Remember, you don’t have to build any of this out, team. This is all built out for them. Look, completely free. No obligation. 100% confidential. They’re then going to come on here. They’re going to pick what niches they are. Let’s say we are a high high ticket home services. What is your personal their business? Let’s say it’s $7,500 average per customer. Are they local or they a global opportunity? What country are they in? Where do they? Let’s say they are in Austin, Texas. If it is local, how many followers? I’ve got 300 followers. How many posts per week? I do four posts per week. I would probably close if I spoke to 10 people. I’d have one of them would join because, you know, it’s quite expensive. And I’m on Facebook, Instagram, Tik Tok, and LinkedIn at the moment. We then click give me my miss revenue. And team, look at this just here. H how long did that take? H how long did that take? All of this is done for you, team. That took what? 5 seconds. Your social media audit. Look, team, it goes through. It shows how much they’re missing. It shows what their monthly income is. It gives them look, hey, here’s the good things, here’s the bad things. It breaks it down platform by platform. Wow. By me not being on LinkedIn, I’m really missing out on 6,000 views reach out a month. Wow. W I I didn’t even think about running a podcast. Here’s the opportunity. Here’s my missed revenue from a podcast. Oh, so I’m missing out on $67,000 a month. Nine inquiries you’re not getting this month at your 10% close rate. It’s even telling me specific to my business how many I’d be getting to 108 projects. Now look, this is where the audit funnel does most of the selling for you team. Why most businesses never fix this. No time, no content ideas, no consistency, wrong format, algorithm changes, the quality drops. It even shows that most social media managers are going to charge you between5 to $10,000 a month. Well, most businesses try it. Burnout. But there is a complete solution for this. A donefor you AI system that handles every piece of content every day completely handsoff team. It shows exactly what you can do for them. They are coming onto this call knowing how much they missed, knowing why they aren’t fixing it, exactly what you can do for them. It even shows them, look, you’re going to make your money back in less than one month. What do you get on your free strategy call? Goes through all of that. Holds the strategy call for 30 15 minute with a countdown timer. They go ahead, they click that button. This then goes through to your calendar where they can book in a call team. Again, just give me a wow in the chat if that is so amazing that process there. The moment they go from LinkedIn step by step by step, look how professional that is. Look how clean that is. Remember team experience isn’t what it used to be. The system is your credibility now, not your experience. The system is your credibility. All of this done within your optin funnel. Now from there, what do we need to do? Well, how do we get our calendar? So simple team inside of the CRM system. We have got built in here calendars. We have calendars built in. You don’t need an extra bit of software. It’s as simple as this. You ready? You click on new calendar. It’s your personal booking.

    client um client call. You name it something. You can then call this whatever you want. Let’s call it client call with Sam. And then all we do here team, we just click confirm. Here we go. This link here, we’re going to copy that. If I open this in a new tab, paste. There’s my call that there team. That is the calendar we just created connected to my calendar. You can see exactly all of my times when I’m free. Absolutely every single element of it. It’s so so simple. And you ready? Here it comes. We just refresh that page. That one will load in.

    There it is. Client call. It’s that simple. All you then need to do is you click on your availability. You you connect your calendar to it. It could be your Gmail, your Hotmail, your Outlook, whatever it’s called. You connect your calendar. You get your availability Monday 2:00 p.m. to 5:00 p.m. Tuesday 9:00 a.m. till 11:00 a.m. And it automatically updates for you. Team, give me a nine in the chat if that makes your life so much easier. By the way, team, give me a nine in the chat if that makes your life so much easier. They just immediately book into your calendar. There’s no messaging them getting on your phone. Hey, um, when are you free for a call? No, they select a time that’s good for them and a time that is already available in your calendar. So, so simple. And then the final step here team is we click on automations here. The moment someone fills in their details here, their name, their email address, their phone number. The moment they click this button here, team, all of this information, their first name, their last name, their phone, their email is all stored inside of yours. Here you click on contacts. It will show every single person that has ever said, “I want a free order.” It’s all stored in here, team. Now, for those of you that are Eurobbased, it is all GDPR compliant. You just need to make sure you’ve got your check box on there, which we’ve already got. As you can see, we’ve got your checkbox on there to make sure it’s GDPR compliant. For those of you that have never heard of GDPR that aren’t in Europe, don’t worry about it. Doesn’t affect you. You’re all good. So the moment someone fills in their details, team, we want to get an email out to them straight away. We want to get an email out to them 24 hours later, 5 days later. You don’t want to have to go to your Google calendar, mark in there exactly when you need to do it. So watch this. Ready? We click build using AI. We click one button and it’s going to ask us what do you want to automate? What do you want to automate? Team, you don’t even need to be technical anymore. We used to have to teach this how to do this. And I’ll show you what it actually looks like here, team. Ready? Let me just show you what it used to look like. Create a workflow. Start from scratch. This is what you had to do. You had to go a trigger. Look at all of this team. Look how confusing this is. Look at it. All of this. You don’t need to do any of this anymore. You literally click here, build using AI, and then we tell it what we want it to do. So, we might want to say after a client gets their free audit, if they haven’t booked a call, send them an email reminder 24 hours and 5 days afterwards to push them to book a call. Make the emails fun yet authoritative. We go ahead, we click submit. And now what this will do team is it will automatically start to build this out. So if anyone takes your free audit immediately after that they are then going to get into a position where they get an email straight away, an email reminder 24 hours later and an email reminder 5 days later. It is as simple as that. We get AI to build it for us. It just walks us through step by step. How should the workflow look when the free audit’s been delivered after a form has been submitted? Perfect. Boom. We click on that and it just asks us questions. Team, it’s just we’re not going to go through back and forth right now cuz it’s it might take a while. But c can you see team how easy this could be? It’s actually building my workflow at the moment while while I’m talking to you live. It’s building all of the technical stuff out for me. It’s unbelievable. Team, this is just taking away so much of the manual work. In fact, are you starting to realize now team why we keep saying it’s only three to five hours a week manually that you are personally doing in your business but over 160 hours a week with AI. Just give me a little me in the chat if you’re having that realization. Right? This is how I only work 3 to 5 hours a week because the the the system is just completely built around me the entire time. Yeah. The entire time team. And then the last thing here to show you just while this is building of course which all of you have access to is your LinkedIn objection handler. Again, link is in your work, but don’t worry. This is your LinkedIn objection handler. All you have to do here, team, is you open this up. It’s literally the URL is in there. Explosive growthacademy.co.uk/aobjection

    handler-1. Anytime you get a response, team, whether it be on LinkedIn, whether someone sends you an email, anytime you get a response from a potential client and you don’t know what to say, you don’t have to. Team, remember, I don’t want you to go off and spend $50,000 on mentorship programs, on sales, on marketing. I don’t want you to learn. Team, remember, we’ve got to stop learning and start what? Let me know in the chat, team. We got to stop learning and start what? Stop learning, start earning. You don’t need to, team. I genuinely spent like over $50,000 learning. If someone gives me a message, how do I respond? What’s the best way to do it? You have got the LinkedIn objection handler as part of this event. And by the way, team, you are welcome. You’re welcome. I know. So let’s say for instance team someone comes back to you on maybe LinkedIn maybe they come back to you on um an email and they say something like thanks for this I have tried an agency before and it didn’t work out and cost me a lot of money so no thank you now Immediately team, ask yourself a question. If someone came back to you via LinkedIn or maybe even via an email and said this to you, yes or no in the chat, by the way, would you just let this one go? Would you let it go? You’d be like, “Yeah, they’re not going to they’re not interested.” But probably, right? And it isn’t because they’re not interested, team. If they have taken the time to respond to me, they’re showing some level of interest, aren’t they? What they are really saying here is, “I don’t trust you. I don’t trust you.” Now, what would you respond back to this saying?

    Can you immediately see right there, team? You’re almost kind of like panicking like, I don’t know what I would say. What would I say to this? What What would I say to this? I I I don’t even know. Yeah, team. You don’t have to know because we fill this in. We then say it is a roofing company. Oops. If I can spell in Texas, America. This is the first response from LinkedIn or could be an email that they sent me after I offered them a free social media audit. And we click generate best response. One click of a button. and we need to stop learning and start earning. And here we go. Look at this. Here is your response to send. That’s completely fair. Bad agency experience are frustratingly common, especially in trades like roofing. I’m not asking you to spend a penny or commit to anything. The audit is generally just me taking a look at what’s working and what isn’t in your current social media and telling you honestly what I see. No pitch, no invoice. Would it be worth 10 minutes just to get a second opinion?

    Team, give me a wow in the chat if that’s a better response than you could have come up with. And there’s nothing wrong with that. Look at that. We’ve even copied the message. Literally, I’ve even put in here for you, team, a copy message. Click. And it even shows why this works. Reframe with zero risk. This prospect has been burned financially before, so any hint of selling will trigger immediate rejection. Acknowledging their pain validates them while ruthlessly stripping away every risk element, cost commitment time, disarms their defense mechanism, and repositions the order as a safe, low stakes favor rather than a sales step. Avoid this. A beginner would try to defend agencies. Ah, some of you are thinking, “Yeah, I would have done that. Damn it.” or explain why their service is different. This sounds defensive and self-s serving and will instantly confirm the prospect’s worst fears about being sold to again. Team copy back to LinkedIn. Paste. You get their response. Copy. You bring it in here. Paste. Copy. Paste. Copy. Paste. Copy. Paste.

    This is the business team. This is our outreach. So actually bit of a recap here for you. Just let’s go through the steps and put them together. We the three-step process on our outreach. Number one, we optimize our LinkedIn profile. Number two, we use LinkedIn sales navigator to find the exact people. I’ve already given you your niche searches inside of there. Number three, we set up our AI outreach. It automatically sends messages every single day. The moment someone’s come back to us, that’s when our manual process comes in. The moment someone shows an interest, they respond back to us on LinkedIn. We go to LinkedIn. We copy their message. We paste it into the LinkedIn objection handler. It gives us the perfect response. We copy, we paste, we copy, we paste. We do that until they get their free audit booked in. We then send them the free audit funnel, which you have access to. You just rebrand it yourself. Drag and drop. Click a couple of buttons. They fill in all of their details. They then come through. Come back here. They then come back through to this page here that goes through where it’s specific to all of their details, exactly what is right for them. We then run the social media audit automatically done for them. It shows exactly what they’re missing out on. All of the selling is done for them. They reserve a free strategy call on your calendar which is inside of one system. They click on that. They go ahead and book a calendar and then from there every single email which as you can see now is already built out a team while I’ve been talking to you. It it’s built this out. It’s built this out. Just give me a wow in the chat if that’s blown your mind. By the way, team, while I’ve been showing you the LinkedIn LinkedIn objection handler, it’s built it. Someone fills in a form, checked if they booked a call. If they haven’t, it waits 24 hours, sends them the first reminder email, waits 5 days, sends them a second reminder email, and there we go. It ends the sequence. Look at this team. Look how technical this looks. It took me what? 45 seconds building it using AI. One, two, two questions. I gave it two questions. Are you starting to have a realization, team? Hey, I I think I can do this business. Give me a yes in the chat, by the way, if you’re having a bit of a realization. I can do this business. Fantastic. So, let me go ahead and switch back to my next screen. Give me one moment. Let’s go back to my slides. One second.

    Okay, there we are. We are back on my slides. So, team again, just give me a little me in the chat if this is blowing your mind. By the way, it’s blowing your mind. Look, all of this that I’m going through, everything I just showed you team five, 10 years ago, you had to do that yourself. We built it once, it now works forever. It works forever. Now the last thing I want to cover in this session here team is about the responses having those conversations whether it be on LinkedIn whether it be on email if someone comes back to us team speed is part of the service speed is of the essence if someone responds back to you on LinkedIn asking you like hey can I have a little bit more information now of course this isn’t perfect if someone responds back to you at 3:00 in the morning and you’re asleep great I get it but as a best practice team going back to them within one hour. That is where we need to be. Why is that team? We are constantly fighting for attention in the world that we live in, right? We’re constantly battling for attention. People won’t remember who you are 5 days from now. In fact, let me ask you a question, team. 5 days ago from now, what did you have for lunch?

    You’ve got to sit and go, “What did I have for lunch 5 days ago? What day is it?” Well, team, you cannot remember the food you put in your body to keep you alive 5 days ago. They are not going to remember someone that sent them a LinkedIn message. You’ve got to have that speed. Look, two hours is fine. 4 hours absolute maximum because look this is what a professional agency looks like. And to sum this up for you team to drive this home right now a business owner could find your LinkedIn profile they could receive your connection request tonight get a follow-up message click your audit link. receive a professional personalized report about their own business. Book a call in your calendar, receive an automated reminder the night before, all without you touching a single thing because you’ve built it once and it works forever. And team, that is a professional agency regardless of technical ability, regardless of experience operating from day one. Give me a mi in the chat, by the way, if you’re now starting to see, hey, do you know what? Yeah, I’m going to run a professional agency from day one because you can. Experience doesn’t matter anymore. The system is your credibility team. And remember, stop learning, start earning. Don’t go and learn how to do all of this. Don’t go and learn how to write the best LinkedIn responses. I don’t want you doing that. It’s a waste of your time. The system is here ready for you team. All you have to do is take that step, get the help, get the support, get the guidance when things go wrong and it goes from day one. Give me a yes in the chat if that’s pretty awesome. By the way, team, yes in the chat if that is pretty awesome. So, um, look, I hope you enjoyed this session, team. I hope you’re starting to see the puzzle pieces coming together, seeing the method to our madness, if you will, as well. Team, look, if you haven’t already, team, go ahead, get your application in. Have a chat with the team. It’s completely no obligation. The only thing you are obligating towards is having a conversation. Look, whether you join us or you don’t, either way, team, there’s no pressure, okay? But get the fact, get the evidence, get the data without having a call. You might, well, I think I I I don’t think I can do. You don’t know yet. It’s that BS decision. Team, have a chat. Fact, evidence, and data. Go ahead, get those applications in. Team, we are going to go ahead and take a quick little Let’s do a 10 minute leg stretch here. Little 10-minute leg stretch, and we’re going to come back for our final session, which is the conversations that get you paid. an amazing session which links so perfectly to this one cuz now you’ve seen 90% of all of the selling is done before you even speak to the client. So team go ahead get those applications in. Link is in the chat for you. It should be posted in front of you now. See you back here in 10 minutes team. See you back here in 10.

    Heat. Heat.

    Heat.

    Heat.

    Heat.

    Heat.

    Heat up here.

    Heat. Heat.

    Heat. Heat.

    Heat.

    Heat.

    Heat. Heat.

    Heat

    up here.

    Heat. Heat.

    Heat. Heat.

    Heat

    up

    here.

    Heat.

    Heat. Heat. Heat. N.

    Heat. Heat. N.

    Heat. Heat. N.

    Heat.

    Heat.

    Heat. Heat.

    Heat. Heat. N.

    Heat. Heat.

    Heat. Heat.

    Yeah.

    Heat.

    Hey,

    heat. Hey.

    Heat. Heat.

    Heat.

    Heat.

    Heat. Heat.

    Heat.

    Heat.

    Heat.

    Heat.

    Welcome back everyone. Welcome back. Come on, team. We’ve had nearly two full days together. You know the drill. Give me that number five in the chat. who is here. Give me that number five in the chat. Who is here? And team, I am so excited for this session cuz you know what? Let’s have a bit of a a backtrack here. Look, three sessions ago, we we went through LinkedIn, we went through the outreach, the sales navigator, the AI system, dripify campaign, how easy that can be. Click, click, click, click, click, 24/7 outreach without you doing anything. Two sessions ago, we dealt with that story inside your head that kept telling you and has told you for years, you can’t do this. You’re not good enough. These limiting beliefs that hold us back. One session ago, we went through the funnel, the audit funnel, the pipeline, and the booking system. And in this session here, we’re going to be going through the conversation. One conversation team. You are all one conversation away from $5,000 in your bank account and $500 every single month. There’s the moment that someone sits on a call with you, an exact stranger, a curious stranger who didn’t know who you were and how we turn them into a paying client. Because here’s the thing, this is the session that scares people the most. It shouldn’t team the audit has done most of the selling for you. The audit fund has done most of the selling. You saw it there. I was saying black and white, but there’s also golden gray. You know what I mean? When I say in black and white, the audit does all the selling for them. The moment someone jumps on a call, they’re already convinced. Your job is to have the conversation, which is the conclusion. They’ve already seen what you can do for their specific business. They’ve already said yes to giving you their time. Your job isn’t to try and quote unquote sell them. Your job is not to persuade them. Your job is to confirm to them what they already know. Otherwise, they wouldn’t be on the call with you. Remember, they have asked for this call after the audit funnel. Your job is just to confirm what they already know. Give me a yes in the chat if you can do that. By the way, team, you can confirm what someone already knows.

    Now, we need to address the thing that makes most people who’ve never sold anything, maybe a beginner, hesitate, and that is the moment they say the number, i.e. $5,000 upfront. Because it normally comes with a bit of a wse and an upward inflection. Someone says, “Great, what’s the investment?” It’s $5,000 upfront and then $500

    team. The hesitation isn’t because that number’s high. High for what? Is $5,000 a lot of money? Yes or no? Yes or no? Let me know in the chat. Is $5,000 upfront a lot of money? Tim the answer is it depends, isn’t it? It depends. $5,000 might be a lot of money for one person. For another person, it’s nothing. It’s all the BS we tell ourselves. Team, that belief system. Remember, like, oh, well, I can’t do this. Team, how many times have you tried fact, evidence, and data? We’ve got to stop making these BS decisions. Give me an FE in the chat. if you caught yourself again making that BS decision, that story telling you something without any fact, any evidence, or any data, cuz ultimately team, when you break this down, what you’re charging them is an absolute steal. $5,000 onetime setup fee, $500 a month, that’s $11,000 a year team. A traditional agency is around $3,000 a month minimum. How do I know that? That’s what I used to charge. I would charge a minimum $7,500 a month. And I tell you what, I would do a hell of a lot less than you’re going to do for them. Why? Well, going out the skill set, I had to be the expert. I had to go and learn everything, didn’t I? You don’t have to learn that anymore, team. You just get to go and earn. And when we position it that way to a client team, that $5,000 even in your own head is a no-brainer. Which would you prefer, team? Would you prefer option number one to invest $11,000 with a hell of a lot more? Every single social media, a blog post, running their adverts, building their website for them, having that help desk. Or number two, would you prefer to invest $36,000 a year for one service? Let me know in the chat team. Number one or number two,

    it’s less team. It’s less of an investment. And when you position it in the right way to the client, they get it too. They might think it’s, oh, it’s expensive. Well, compared to what? And the way we frame this, well, Mr. or Mrs. Client. As you probably know, a traditional agency only offering you one service is normally around about $3,000 a month. Whereas what we do here at 123 the business is we offer you multiple services. We post on every single social media for you. We do this, we do that, we do this, we do that. And it is at a fraction of the investment. It’s just a $5,000 onetime setup fee. And after that, only $500 a month, making it around about 60% less with quite literally 10 times the installments that you get on the back and 10 times the services. Yes or no, team? Does that sound like a no-brainer? Now, let me know in the chat. Yes or no? Is that a no-brainer? And it’s all about the delivery. It’s all about that delivery team. Does that make sense? We’ve got to get that that number out of our head. Oh, I can’t charge $5,000 a month. BS. How many times have you tried? How many times have you tried, team? Now, every single person you speak to, no matter what team, yes, the audit has done so much selling for you, but every single client will arrive with the three biggest questions they’re silently asking themselves. And guess what? The audit has answered all free for you. This is why this is such a game changer for you team. I don’t want you to become an expert in sales. You don’t need to be you don’t need to be the three questions. Number one, will the business will this actually worth my business? Can I trust this person? And is it worth my money team? Let’s look at number one. The audit showed them already. Showed them what’s missing from their online presence for their specific business, for their specific close rate. The answer’s already there. They have the answer. Is it going to work? Well, yeah, it’s going to work. I have the answer. Can I trust this person? Team, as long as you’ve optimized your LinkedIn profile, as long as your messages are clear, professional, they’ve gone through the audit, all of that team, everything, the entire system is your trust. It’s not your 20 years of experience. That doesn’t matter anymore. It doesn’t matter anymore. The system is what has built that trust. And is it worth the money team? Remember when we ask questions like look what do you currently spend on marketing that doesn’t work? What is one customer per month cost them to acquire? What is the of what’s one lost customer worth? We know that from the audit. They know it’s worth the money. The audit has done most of the selling for us. Your job is just to confirm what they already know. Give me a wow in the chat. By the way, if you love the fact that what we built here, the Explosive Growth Academy has done most of the selling for you. Absolute gamecher. Now, the actual phone call itself, team, it’s a simple fivestep framework. That’s it. Five steps. Even if you’ve never even if you’ve never had a phone call in your life where you’ve sold something, if you’re an expert salesperson, it’s a simple fivestep framework. That’s all we need to do here, team. This is your reference card. This is your your bible, if you will. Five stages. Every single call follows the same structure. Now look, not every call will have the same amount of time in each structure. Some will move faster, some might need to be a little bit slower in the discovery, but the sequence never changes. We build rapport. We ask our discovery questions. We look at the audit delivery. We go through the proposal with them. We close it off. And it’s that simple. So, let’s break this down step by step. Number one, rapport team. People buy from people they like. Okay? Build a human connection before you talk about business. Spend a minute, spend two minutes, ask them about their business. Ask them about their day. Make something real. Look, I always say to people in a world where you could be anything, be kind. People genuinely appreciate this. Look, if you jump straight in, some people don’t like it. And if someone genuinely wants to get to it, they they will tell you, “Do you mind if we get to it? I’m tight on time.” Yeah, of course. No problem. But spend a little bit of time team. Spend a bit of time building that report that goes a mile. Trust me. The ne next one there team is the most important part. It’s the discovery. It’s the questions we ask them. So tell me a little bit more about your situation. We’ve got to ask what’s called an open question here. Open question. I’m going to give you a very easy framework. There’s three qu If you start a question with three, one of these three, it will be an open question. If you say things like, “Do you need more clients?” Yes.

    The conversation’s dead in the water, isn’t it? You ready for this team? Tell me. Explain to me. Describe to me. Write those down. I’m going to go through them again for you. Tell me, explain to me, describe to me. It’s called a TED. Tell me, explain to me, describe to me. If you ask a question starting one, one of those three, it’s an open question. Tell me a little bit more about your situation. So, describe to me your frustrations. Explain to me what hasn’t worked in the past. All we are looking to do here team is something very very simple. We are asking them to tell us about their problem because as a rule of thumb in life team

    if someone tells you you have a problem you don’t listen. If you tell yourself you have a problem it means everything. It means everything. All I’m asking to do here is I want them to come to the discovery in their own brain. Wow, I’ve got a problem. I need to fix this. I can’t turn around to them and say, “Look, your business is going to go under in a year if I don’t fix this.” Cuz then they get defensive. Who are you? You don’t know my business. Conversation’s gone. Great example we can all relate to. Imagine you’ve got a friend who’s in a really bad relationship. They’re a bit, you know, mean to them. You turn around to your friend, you’re having a glass of wine, and you say, “You know what? You need to dump that loser.” What do they do? They start defending that loser. You go, “What the you? What is happen?” Because you told them, “We don’t like being told what to do.” Tell me, are you 100% happy in your relationship? I wouldn’t say I’m 100 100% happy. Well, what percentage would you say? I probably say like 60%. Huh? I mean, do you think that do you think you deserve to be 100% happy? Yeah, I do actually. Yeah, I think I do deserve to be 100% happy, but you’re 60% of the moment. Yeah. I mean, what do you think you need to do about it? I think I need to dump that loser. Ah, you see the difference here, team? You ask discovery questions so they find the problem the selves. Give me a yes in the chat if that makes sense. I love the fact as well there’s probably at least one person here going I’m going to try this on my buddy. Yeah, he needs to break up with that loser. She needs to break up with that loser. This I’m going to I’m going to try this when we finish. So we spend a bit of time questions. Tell me explain to me. Describe to me. We walk through the final results with them. But tell me a bit more about your final the audit results. What stood out to you? What surprised you? Find out where the gaps are. So what what was your biggest surprise with your missed revenue? What what are you posting on at the moment? Okay, so you already post on Instagram. Were you a bit shocked about the the missed revenue? Why do you think it’s not working for you at the moment then? I don’t think I’m posting every day. Right. So you really think you should be posting every day then? Yeah, I should. Yeah, you’re right. What we want to do, Tim, is we want to try and start to connect the dots in their head about the loss revenue. We want to ask them questions. Why is it they’re on this call? Start to connect those dots. From there, it’s simple. We have a transition. We state the solution. Well, Mr. and Mrs. client, this is exactly what we do here at 123 the company. This is what we can do for you. we can do this, this, this, this, and this. Here’s the investment. And then we stop talking. We give them the ability to let them decide. We transition into what we call the close. And it’s the most important in the close that the first one that speaks loses. First one that speaks loses team. Very, very simple process. Give me a five in the chat. That’s a really simple five-step process by the way because ultimately team how we pivot how we pivot from going through the audit into transitioning to the proposal. It’s really simple. We just ask a couple of questions.

    It’s really simple. So, what is the biggest challenge getting new customers right now? What are you currently doing for content and social media? What is working and what is not?

    We’re asking questions. They are telling us the answer. And then we pivot. Well, based on what you’ve told me and what we found in your audio audit, let me show you exactly what we’re looking at for your business. Can you see that bridge connecting across them team? It’s our bridge into our audit delivery. Sorry. We don’t just jump in and go, “Right, so you’re really you’re messing up a lot here, aren’t you? You’re rubbish.” No, no. We ask them these three discovery questions. What’s your biggest challenge getting new customers right now? Let them talk. What are you currently doing for content and social media? Let them talk. What is working and what is not? Let them talk. They are telling you the answers. And by the end of stage three team, they understand the problem and they believe that you can fix it. And this is when we transition into the proposal. It’s very simple. Well, Mr. or Mrs. client, based on everything we’ve covered today, I would like to be able to I’d like to propose setting up a full content automation system for your business. This is where we can list it off. Included in that, we’ll do this, we’ll do this, we’ll do this, we’ll do this, we’ll do this, we’ll do this. We will handle everything for you. And for that Mr. or Mrs. client, that is $5,000 to build and launch everything for you without you lifting a finger. Then $500 a month to keep it producing results for you. And then team, I mean this well and truly, shut up. All right? Shut up. The moment you say the price, you do not talk. The first person that talks after you say the price loses. It’s awkward. It’s going to be really awkward. There might be like 30 seconds of silence, team. 30 seconds after you say a price feels like 10 minutes. The longest I’ve had genuinely team was about 9 minutes of silence. 9 minutes of silence. I just sat there. And by the way, team, if you genuinely want to talk, grab a pen, put it in your mouth. Do not say a word because team, that silence isn’t empty. It’s not awkward. You’re letting them process it in their brain. If you interrupt them, we’ve lost the ability for them to be able to process this in their brain. You’ve got to be quiet, team. The person who speaks next loses now in that awkward silence. One of two things will happen. The first one, the best case scenario is they turn around and go, “You know what, Sam? I’m in. Let’s do this. Fantastic. We close them off. We get the payment. Off we go. Congratulations. You got $5,000 in your bank account. Another 500 every month hitting your account forever.

    or scenario number two, they will come back with a reason why not to do this or a question. We call it an objection. Well, Sam, it sounds great. I’ve got a couple of questions here. Perfect. Mr. or Mrs. client, what are your questions? How can I answer them? And the five main objections you’re going to get team, what they mean, and also how we start to overcome them. The first one is it’s too expensive. H you know it’s just too expensive. Well, this is where we need to what’s called reframe it. Well, look, Mr. and Mrs. Client, I understand you feel it might be too expensive. Would you mind if I ask compared to what? Because traditional agencies charge $3,000 a month. That’s $36,000 a month. Oh, yeah. Suppose they do. Would you mind me asking what’s the cost of doing nothing? A year from now, if you don’t grow your business, where are you going to be? Ah, I mean, I can’t I I mean, a year from now, if I don’t grow my business, I’ll be bankrupt. Okay. Well, Mr. and Mrs. Client, what’s the value of one new client per month for you? Can you see what we’re doing, team? We’re not being combative. We’re not saying it’s not expensive. No, team, we’re just asking questions. We’re letting them sell to themselves. Does that make sense, team? Give me a seven in the chat if that makes sense.

    Another great one. One of my favorites. Yeah, Sam, this is a great I need to think about it. Don’t just turn around and go, “Okay, ask a question.” Look, team, when someone says, “I need to think about it.” What they’re really telling you is you haven’t answered something I have in my head. You say, “Oh, this room is a client.” Of course. Now, what is it specifically you need to think about? Maybe I can answer it for you now live.

    Well, now you mention it. I’m a little bit worried about this. That means you’re going to uncover the real reason underneath it. They don’t need to think about it. No one ever needs to think about it. What we’re doing, team, is we’re delaying. Ask the question. What is it specifically you need to think through? Find out what that root problem is there, team. Not a great one. Yeah, it sounds all great to me. I need to speak to my partner. Now, look, this is what’s called third party authority. Who are my parents out there? Give me a P in the chat. Who are my parents? Yeah, you’re experts at it. Dad, can I have a sweet? Mom said you can’t. Mom’s not here at the moment, is she? Cuz if I say no, he can argue with me. She can argue with me. If I say mom’s mom said no, mom’s not here. You can’t argue with mom who’s not here. You going a It’s the same thing. Well, I need to speak to my partner. Yeah, make makes absolute sense. Why don’t you Is your partner there? Get them on the call now. I’ll have a chat with them. Oh, they’re not actually here at the moment. Great. When are you both together? Let me give you a call back. I’ll speak to both of you at the same time.

    Super simple. You might even be a little bit bold there. You might turn around and go, “Well, I completely understand you need to speak to your partner. Look, what’s your gut instinct telling you? Do you think that they’d be on board yet? Do you think they’re going to be happy to grow the business?” Yeah, I think they are as well. I think they will. I just need to check with them. Fantastic. Well, I’ll tell you what. Why don’t we get your deposit down now? It’s completely refundable for the next 14 days. It means that I can start my process. You know that your partner’s going to say yes. Have a chat with them afterwards. If everything’s great, I’ve I’ve got two days of work in my already. We can start getting things. And if they’re not 100% happy, we can jump on a call. I’ll go through with them together. How does that sound?

    Again, it’s very, very tiny little details there, team. But you’ve earned the right to ask the question back. Team, they’re still on the call with you. They chose to take the audit funnel. They chose to go through it. They chose to book the call. They chose to stay on the call this long. You’ve earned the right to do that, team. Give me a yes in the chat if that makes sense.

    Beautiful. Well, I’m not sure. I’m not sure it’s going to work for me team or that’s just coming from a fearbased decision. It’s a fear-based. They’re just worried in that moment. They need a bit of reassurance. Well, look, Mr. and Mrs. Clan, I completely get that. Look, do would you like us to go back to your audit? Let’s go through the audit together. You like the gaps we worked on together. Can you see that one there? You know, you’re missing out on this, this, this. that the question you need to ask yourself is it do you want them fixed? I’m going to do everything within my power to make this work. They just need a little bit of reassurance there, team. Does that make sense? Little bit of reassurance. And then a a genuine one here, team that you’re going to come across probably more than you think. Look, Sam, this sounds great. I’ve been burned before. Team, that happens more than you’d expect. There’s a lot of people out there not doing a good job. You’ve got to acknowledge it. You got to validate it. You got to reframe it. Look, Mr. and Mr. Client, first things first. I’m sorry you had to go through that. All right, that must have sucked. It’s completely fair. Would you mind if I ask what happened when you got burnt? Find out what it was. Was it that maybe they didn’t get them results? Maybe they got results, but you know, they couldn’t ever speak to them. We don’t know what the issue is at the moment, so we need to find out what the issue is from them. And then we address that specific failure, that specific concern, not a full general one that doesn’t mean anything to anyone. Really simple. Those are the top five objections and how we overcome them. But I’m going to give you a framework now, team, that is going to make your life so much easier. It is called feel, felt, found. Feel, felt, found. Every single time team you get an objection. The natural instinct is like, “Oh, it’s too expensive.” No, it’s not. You’re missing out on 39 grand a month. Five 500 a month. It’s like pushing two North Pole magnets together. It’s not going to work. You’ve got to answer it in a specific way, team. And feel, felt, found answers all of these. You ready for this team? It’s too expensive, Sam. I understand how you feel. We acknowledge their feelings. I understand. I understand how you feel. It disarms them. It makes them go, “Okay, well, at least they’re listening to me.” Other people, you know what? Other people have felt the same way. It makes them feel more reassured. It makes them feel, I’m not the only one that’s ever felt that way. That’s brilliant. I’m not weird. Other people have felt the same way. But what they found was this. And then we overcome the objection.

    You know what? I’ve been burned before. Well, do you mind if I specifically what it was, you know, that happened? Oh, you know what? Like they they they just didn’t deliver on what they promised. I paid money. They they just didn’t deliver. Hey, do you know what, Mr. MCL client? I completely understand how you feel. Honestly, look, you are not the only person I’ve spoken to that felt the exact same way. But what people have found is it’s not about the system. It’s about making sure you’re working with someone that you know you can trust. You know, you’ve been through my LinkedIn, you’ve been through the audit funnel, we’ve been on this call now for 27 minutes. And I hope you’ve got a bit of a feel that I’m going to do everything within my power to make sure you get those results and to prove to you there are good people in this business. Isn’t that really what you’re looking for?

    Give me a wow in the chat. That’s pretty awesome, by the way. I understand how you feel. Other people felt the same way. What they found was this feel felt found on every single objection you ever get. And that really is it team. We don’t need to over complicate this. It’s a simple five stage framework. We build that rapport, that human connection. We ask the discovery questions. We let them tell us. We bridge it into our audit funnel. We find where the gaps are. We connect it to loss revenue. We state our proposal. We list off what they’re going to get. We shut up. We either close them off immediately. We got $5,000 in account. $500 a month every single month. or we go through their objections, feel, felt, found. Give me a five in the chat. By the way, if that’s a very, very simple process that you can go through yourself, by the way. Beautiful. Now, couple things on this as well. First things first, by the way, you now know more than 99% of people on the population. By the way, you now know more than 99% of people on the population. But a couple of things just before we round off for the day. Number one team, $5,000 a month, $500, sorry, $5,000 upfront, $500 a month. Just as a reminder, team, these are frameworks. If you don’t feel comfortable charging $5,000 up front, but you feel comfortable charging $1,000 up front, great. Start with that. If you don’t comfortable charging $500, but you’re comfortable charging 250, start with that. I would much prefer you to get $1,000 upfront and $250 a month than get nothing. Does that make sense? By the way, team, give me a yes in the chat if that makes sense. These are guidelines. All I ask of you is if you do lower it down so you feel more comfortable, when you start feeling more comfortable, bring them back up. Bring them back up here, team. Give me a yes in the chat if that makes sense, by the way. Beautiful. So, team, have you enjoyed today? Give me a give me a yes in all caps locks actually if you’ve enjoyed today team. Give me a yes in all caps locks if you have loved today. Yeah. Beautiful. Cuz here’s the thing. You’ve seen the system. We built the tools. We’ve seen the script. The only thing the only decision you’ve got to make team is how fast do you want to move? That’s a pretty amazing place to be in, isn’t it team? How fast do you want to move? And tomorrow we’re going to deal with the number one things, the three things that are holding you back. And we’re going to round off this system. It is going to be incredible. But before we do leave team, your homework for day two. Your homework for day two. Number one, either set up, if you don’t have a LinkedIn account, create one. Optimize your LinkedIn profile. Do it tonight. If you haven’t already done it, do it tonight. Step number two, get your 30-day free trial. if it’s available. If not, purchase your LinkedIn Sales Navigator. Get it ready. Get your searches. You’ve got the niche searches in your workbook. Number three, open your Dreify account. Set it up. The link is in the chat. We sent it to you earlier. The link is in your workbook. Get it set up. Step number four, build your first campaign. Build your first campaign in your chosen niche. Look, use AR. You get your messages. Get the system up ready to go and click launch. Click launch tonight. Come tomorrow with the system running. Come tomorrow with outreach happening. Come tomorrow with the fact that you are a business owner. punch more of the fact that you know in the next 24 hours you may get your first audit sent out your first discovery call booked. And then lastly team if you haven’t already fill in your applications look we’ve had an unbelievable quite frankly almost an overwhelming number of you have filled in those applications. team. Get in an application. Speak to the team. Okay? Let us help you to guarantee your success. I know some this might seem scary. Team, let us help you through this. No matter where you are, we can help. Get that application in. It is a no obligation application team. The only obligation you’re making is to have a conversation to get the fact, get the evidence, and get the data. That is it. It’s the only obligation you’re having team. Whether you join us, I love you. If you don’t join us, I love you. But get the fact, get the evidence team, get the data. As a reminder, even though the event is finishing, the our team are probably still going to be making calls. Keep your phone near you so you get a notification. Make sure you do not miss that call team. We want to make sure you are on there. And again, for those of you, by the way, that have already joined, um, I just want to remind this as well because, um, I I sometimes forget. I’ve had messages from the team saying we’ve had quite a few people join on on multiple different levels. Um, I forget that I don’t mind being center of attention. I forget sometimes people do mind being center. So, look, when you do join on any level team, don’t worry. I’m not going to call you out. Um, I’m not going to say like, “Oh, here’s Suzie, here’s John. Here’s Pash. Well done.” Look, I’m not going to call your names out. Don’t worry. I will respect your anonymity. But for those of you that have already joined, you know who you are. Congratulations, team. What an incredibly lifechanging decision you have made. I know we’ve got people that are also coming on quite literally to I think we’ve got one person that’s coming on as a business partner with myself and Chris which is absolutely amazing. Cannot wait to start working with you on that one and get our team building absolutely everything with you. But team a huge congratulations to every single one of you. Give them a congratulations in the chat by the way there team. Give them a congratulations in the chat. Beautiful. And again, if you do want to be able to go back through, remember you can download your workbook. Uh we’ll post a link for the workbook in the chat for you just so you’ve got that one there. You’ve got that workbook. And again, as a reminder, team, get that application in. It’s no obligation. Fact, evidence, and data. So team, want to say a massive, massive thank you for today. Get yourselves back here for tomorrow. Cannot wait to see you to finish off the day. Have an amazing rest of your evening and I’ll see all of you very soon. Thank you so much team all morning, afternoon, wherever on the world. Have an amazing time team.